Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


ý

 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

o

 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                                  to                                 

Commission file number 001-12669

GRAPHIC

SCBT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

South Carolina
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
  57-0799315
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

520 Gervais Street
Columbia, South Carolina

(Address of principal executive offices)

 


29201
(Zip Code)

(800) 277-2175

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, $2.50 par value per share   The NASDAQ Global Select MarketSM

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act: None.

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o    No ý.

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý.

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o.

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o    No o.

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer ý   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No ý.

         The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates was $428,423,000 based on the closing sale price of $35.22 per share on June 30, 2010. For purposes of the foregoing calculation only, all directors and executive officers of the registrant have been deemed affiliates. The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 9, 2011 was 13,958,824.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

         Portions of the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10 - 14 of this form 10-K.


Table of Contents

SCBT Financial Corporation
Index to Form 10-K

 
   
  Page

PART I

       

Item 1.

 

Business

  3

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

  21

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

  33

Item 2.

 

Properties

  33

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

  34

Item 4.

 

Removed and Reserved

  34

PART II

       

Item 5.

 

Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  35

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

  37

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  40

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

  75

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  75

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  75

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

  75

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

  75

PART III

       

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance(1)

  76

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation(1)

  76

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters(1)

  76

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence(1)

  77

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services(1)

  77

PART IV

       

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

  78

(1)
All or portions of this item are incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

2


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

        This Report contains statements which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements are based on many assumptions and estimates and are not guarantees of future performance. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, as they will depend on many factors about which we are unsure, including many factors which are beyond our control. The words "may," "would," "could," "will," "expect," "anticipate," "believe," "intend," "plan,""predict,""should," and "estimate," as well as similar expressions, are meant to identify such forward-looking statements. Potential risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to those described below under "Risk Factors."


PART I

Item 1.    Business.

        SCBT Financial Corporation ("SCBT"), headquartered in Columbia, South Carolina, is a bank holding company incorporated in 1985 under the laws of South Carolina. We were formerly named First National Corporation until February 2004. We provide a wide range of banking services and products to our customers through our wholly-owned subsidiary, SCBT, N.A. (which we sometimes refer to as "our bank" or "the bank"), a national bank that opened for business in 1934. We operate as South Carolina Bank and Trust, South Carolina Bank and Trust of the Piedmont ("Piedmont"), North Carolina Bank and Trust ("NCBT"), Community Bank and Trust ("CBT"),and Habersham Bank ("Habersham"). Piedmont, NCBT, CBT, and Habersham are divisions of SCBT, N.A.

        SCBT is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiary. We coordinate the financial resources of the consolidated enterprise and thereby maintain financial, operation and administrative systems that allow centralized evaluation of subsidiary operations and coordination of selected policies and activities. SCBT's operating revenues and net income are derived primarily from cash dividends received from our bank subsidiary.

        Our bank provides a full range of retail and commercial banking services, mortgage lending services, trust and investment services, and consumer finance loans through 46 financial centers in 17 South Carolina counties, 3 financial centers in Mecklenburg County of North Carolina, and 27 financial centers in 10 counties in Northeast Georgia. Our bank has served the Carolinas for more than seventy-six years. At December 31, 2010, we had approximately $3.6 billion in assets, $2.6 billion in loans, $3.0 billion in deposits, $330.0 million in shareholders' equity, and market capitalization of $419.0 million.

        We began operating in 1934 in Orangeburg, South Carolina and have maintained our ability to provide superior customer service while also leveraging our size to offer many products more common to super-regional banks. We have pursued a growth strategy that relies primarily on organic growth, supplemented by the acquisition of select financial institutions or branches in certain market areas.

        In recent years, we have continued to grow our business in South Carolina, and have expanded into North Carolina and Georgia, as highlighted below:

3


Table of Contents

        Our principal executive offices are located at 520 Gervais Street, Columbia, South Carolina 29201. Our mailing address at this facility is Post Office Box 1030, Columbia, South Carolina 29202 and our telephone number is (800) 277-2175.

Withstanding Market Turbulence

        Despite the turbulence in financial markets and the financial services industry, we believe that our credit quality measures continue to outperform those of the majority of our primary competitors in North and South Carolina and Georgia. We attribute this historical performance to sound credit underwriting and risk selection, as well as our approach of hiring experienced financial services professionals in the markets in which we operate. Generally, hiring bankers in the markets in which we operate has enabled us to further our growth without experiencing significant credit quality related losses like many other financial institutions of similar size or that operate in our market areas.

Available Information

        We provide our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") on our website at www.scbtonline.com. These filings are made accessible as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). These filings are also accessible on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. In addition, we make available on our website the following: (i) Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) Code of Conduct & Ethics, which applies to our directors and all employees, and (iii) the charters of the Audit, Compensation, and Corporate Governance & Nominating Committees of our board of directors. These materials are available in a printed format free of charge to shareholders who request them in writing. Please address your request to: Financial Management Division, SCBT Financial Corporation, 520 Gervais Street, Columbia, South Carolina 29201. Statements of beneficial ownership of equity securities filed by directors, officers, and 10% or greater shareholders under Section 16 of the Exchange Act are also available through our website, http://www.scbtonline.com/filings. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.

4


Table of Contents

Territory Served and Competition

        We serve customers and conduct our business through the Bank from seventy-six financial centers in seventeen South Carolina counties, Mecklenburg County of North Carolina, and ten northeast Georgia counties. Piedmont, NCBT, and CBT are divisions of SCBT, N.A. Piedmont operates from six financial centers in two South Carolina counties; NCBT operates from three financial centers in Mecklenburg County of North Carolina; and CBT operates from twenty-seven financial centers in ten Northeast Georgia counties. Subsequent to year-end on February 18, 2011, we continued our expansion into Northeast Georgia with the acquisition of all of the deposits (excluding brokered deposits), certain other borrowings, and certain other assets of Habersham. SCBT currently operates from eight locations in six Northeast Georgia counties as Habersham Bank, a division of SCBT, N.A.

        We compete in the highly competitive banking and financial services industry. Our profitability depends principally on our ability to effectively compete in the markets in which we conduct business. We expect competition in the industry to continue to increase as a result of consolidation among banking and financial services firms. Competition may further intensify as additional companies enter the markets where we conduct business and we enter mature markets in accordance with our expansion strategy.

        We experience strong competition from both bank and non-bank competitors in certain markets. Broadly speaking, we compete with super-regional, smaller community banks, and non-traditional internet-based banks. We compete for deposits and loans with commercial banks, savings institutions, and credit unions. In addition, we compete with other financial intermediaries and investment alternatives such as mortgage companies, credit card issuers, leasing companies, finance companies, money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, governmental and corporation bonds, and other securities firms. Many of these non-bank competitors are not subject to the same regulatory oversight, affording them a competitive advantage in some instances. In many cases, our competitors have substantially greater resources, can provide higher lending limits, and offer certain services that we are unable to provide to our customers.

        We encounter strong competition in making loans and attracting deposits. We compete with other financial institutions to offer customers the competitive interest rates on deposit accounts, the competitive interest rates charged on loans and other credit, and reasonable service charges. Our customers also consider the quality and scope of the services provided, the convenience of banking facilities, and relative lending limits in the case of loans to commercial borrowers. Our customers may also take into account the fact that other banks offer different services from those that we provide. The large national and super-regional banks may have significantly greater lending limits and may offer additional products. However, we believe that SCBT has been able to compete successfully with our competitors, regardless of their size. We do this by emphasizing customer service and by providing a wide variety of services.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2010, our bank had 1,015 full-time equivalent employees compared to 700 as of the same date in 2009. We consider our relationship with our employees instrumental to the success of our business. We provide our employees with a comprehensive employee benefit program which includes the following: group life, health and dental insurance, paid vacation, sick leave, educational opportunities, a cash incentive plan, a stock purchase plan, stock incentive, deferred compensation plans for officers and key employees, a defined benefit pension plan for employees hired on or before December 31, 2005 (except for employees acquired in the SunBank acquisition), and a 401(k) plan with employer match. Effective July 1, 2009, the Company suspended the accrual of benefits for plan participants under the non-contributory defined benefit plan. Effective April 1, 2009, we temporarily suspended the employer match contribution to all participants in the plan. Effective January 1, 2010,

5


Table of Contents


we reinstated the employer match so that participating employees would receive a 50% matching of their 401(k) plan contribution, up to 4% of salary.

Regulation and Supervision

        As a financial institution, we operate under a regulatory framework. The framework outlines a regulatory environment applicable to financial holding companies, bank holding companies, and their subsidiaries. Below, we have provided some specific information relevant to SCBT. The regulatory framework under which we operate is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund and not for the protection of our security holders and creditors. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions.

General

        The current regulatory environment for financial institutions includes substantial enforcement activity by the federal banking agencies, the U.S. Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and other state and federal law enforcement agencies, reflecting an increase in activity over prior years. This environment entails significant potential increases in compliance requirements and associated costs.

        We are a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and are subject to the supervision of, and to regular inspection by, the Federal Reserve Board. Our bank is organized as a national banking association. It is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC"). In addition, SCBT and our Bank are subject to regulation (and in certain cases examination) by the FDIC, other federal regulatory agencies, the South Carolina State Board of Financial Institutions (the "State Board"), the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks, and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance. The following discussion summarizes certain aspects of banking and other laws and regulations that affect SCBT and its subsidiary bank.

        Under the Bank Holding Company Act (the "BHC Act"), our activities and those of our subsidiary bank are limited to banking, managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for our subsidiary bank, or any other activity which the Federal Reserve Board determines to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve Board approval for, among other things, the acquisition by a bank holding company of direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all the assets of any bank, or for a merger or consolidation of a bank holding company with another bank holding company. The BHC Act also prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any company engaged in a non-banking business unless such business is determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Further, under South Carolina law, it is unlawful without the prior approval of the State Board for any South Carolina bank holding company (i) to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank or any other bank holding company, (ii) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of a bank or any other bank holding company, or (iii) to merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company.

        The Graham-Leach-Bliley Act amended a number of federal banking laws affecting SCBT and our bank. In particular, the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act permits a bank holding company to elect to become a "financial holding company," provided certain conditions are met. A financial holding company, and the companies it controls, are permitted to engage in activities considered "financial in nature" as defined by the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act and Federal Reserve Board interpretations (including, without

6


Table of Contents


limitation, insurance and securities activities), and therefore may engage in a broader range of activities than permitted by bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. We remain a bank holding company, but may at some time in the future elect to become a financial holding company.

Interstate Banking

        National banks are required by the National Bank Act to adhere to branch office banking laws applicable to state banks in the states in which they are located. In July 1994, South Carolina enacted legislation which effectively provided that, after June 30, 1996; out-of-state bank holding companies may acquire other banks or bank holding companies in South Carolina, subject to certain conditions. Further, pursuant to the Riegel-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Interstate Banking and Branching Act"), a bank holding company became able to acquire banks in states other than its home state, beginning in September 1995, without regard to the permissibility of such acquisition under state law, subject to certain exceptions. The Interstate Banking and Branching Act also authorized banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate branches, unless a state, prior to the July 1, 1997 effective date, determined to "opt out" of coverage under this provision. In addition, the Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act authorized a bank to open new branches in a state in which it does not already have banking operations if such state enacted a law permitting such "de novo" branching.

        Effective July 1, 1996, South Carolina law was amended to permit interstate branching through acquisitions but not de novo branching by an out-of-state bank.

        North Carolina opted-in to the provision of the Interstate Banking and Branching Act that allows out-of-state banks to branch into their state by establishing a de novo branch in the state, but only on a reciprocal basis. This means that an out-of-state bank could establish a de novo branch in North Carolina only if the home state of such bank would allow North Carolina banks (including national banks with their home office in North Carolina) to establish de novo branches in that home state under substantially the same terms as allowed in North Carolina. Because some states impose greater limits on de novo branching by out-of-state banks, this provided a limited barrier of entry into the North Carolina banking market. Georgia has not opted-in to the provision allowing out-of-state banks to branch into their state. Therefore, interstate merger has been the only method through which a bank located outside of Georgia may branch into Georgia, which in effect has provided a limited barrier of entry into the Georgia banking market.

        On July 21, 2010, the U.S. President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"). The Dodd-Frank Act removes previous state law restrictions on de novo interstate branching in states such as South Carolina, North Carolina, and Georgia. This change effectively permits out-of-state banks to open de nova branches in states where the laws of the state where the de nova to be opened would permit a bank chartered by that sate to open a de nova branch.

Obligations of Holding Company to its Subsidiary Banks

        Under the policy of the Federal Reserve Board, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it otherwise might not desire or be able to do so. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"), to avoid receivership of its insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become "undercapitalized" within the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution's total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been

7


Table of Contents


necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital restoration plan.

        In addition, the "cross-guarantee" provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended ("FDIA"), require insured depository institutions under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the FDIC as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository institution in danger of default. The FDIC's claim for damages is superior to claims of shareholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company, but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions.

        The FDIA also provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other resolution of any insured depository institution by any receiver must be distributed (after payment of secured claims) to pay the deposit liabilities of the institution prior to payment of any other general or unsecured senior liability, subordinated liability, general creditor or shareholder. This provision would give depositors a preference over general and subordinated creditors and shareholders in the event a receiver is appointed to distribute the assets of our bank.

        Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

        Under the National Bank Act, if the capital stock of a national bank is impaired by losses or otherwise, the OCC is authorized to require payment of the deficiency by assessment upon the bank's shareholders, pro rata, and if any such assessment is not paid by any shareholder after three months notice, to sell the stock of such shareholder to make good the deficiency.

Government Actions

        The following is a summary of certain recently enacted laws and regulations that could materially impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        In response to the challenges facing the financial services sector, several regulatory and governmental actions have recently been announced including:

8


Table of Contents

9


Table of Contents

10


Table of Contents

11


Table of Contents

12


Table of Contents

        Although it is likely that further regulatory actions may arise as the Federal government continues to attempt to address the economic situation, we cannot predict the effect that fiscal or monetary policies, economic control, or new federal or state legislation may have on our business and earnings in the future.

Participation in the Capital Purchase Program of the Troubled Asset Relief Program

        As discussed above, under TARP authorized by the EESA, the U.S. Treasury established the CPP providing for the purchase of senior preferred shares of qualifying U.S. controlled banks, savings associations and certain bank and savings and loan holding companies. On January 16, 2009, pursuant to the CPP, SCBT sold 64,779 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T (the "Series T Preferred Stock") and a warrant to acquire 303,083 shares of common stock (the "Warrant") to the U.S. Treasury for aggregate consideration of $64.8 million. On May 20, 2009, we entered into a repurchase letter agreement with the U. S. Treasury, pursuant to which we repurchased all 64,779 shares of its Series T Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $64.8 million, which included accrued and unpaid dividends of approximately $45,000. On June 24, 2009, we entered into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to repurchase the Warrant for a purchase price of $1.4 million. As a result of the Warrant repurchase, we have repurchased all securities issued to the U.S. Treasury under the CPP.

Capital Adequacy

        The various federal bank regulators, including the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC, have adopted risk-based capital requirements for assessing bank holding company and bank capital adequacy. These standards define what qualifies as capital and establish minimum capital standards in relation to assets and off-balance sheet exposures, as adjusted for credit risks. Capital is classified into tiers. For bank holding companies, Tier 1 or "core" capital consists primarily of common and qualifying preferred

13


Table of Contents


shareholders' equity, less certain intangibles and other adjustments ("Tier 1 Capital"). Tier 2 capital consists primarily of the allowance for possible loan losses (subject to certain limitations) and certain subordinated and other qualifying debt ("Tier 2 Capital"). Tier 3 capital consists primarily of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt. A minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.00% is required and Tier 1 Capital must be at least 50% of total capital. The Federal Reserve Board also has adopted a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average total assets (not risk-weighted) of 3%. The 3% Tier 1 Capital to average total assets ratio constitutes the leverage standard for bank holding companies and national banks, and is used in conjunction with the risk based ratio in determining the overall capital adequacy of banking organizations.

        The Federal Reserve Board and the OCC have emphasized that the foregoing standards are supervisory minimums and that an institution would be permitted to maintain such levels of capital only if it had a composite rating of "1" under the regulatory rating systems for bank holding companies and banks. All other bank holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 3% plus at least 1% to 2% of additional capital. These rules further provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels and comparable to peer group averages, without significant reliance on intangible assets. The Federal Reserve Board continues to consider a "tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio" in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. The tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization's Tier 1 Capital less all intangibles, to total assets, less all intangibles. The Federal Reserve Board has not advised us of any specific minimum leverage ratio applicable to SCBT.

        As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, SCBT and our subsidiary bank had the following leverage ratios and total risk-based capital ratios:

 
  December 31,  
(In percent)
  2010   2009  

Tier 1 Leverage Ratios

             

SCBT Financial Corporation

    8.48     9.89  

SCBT, N.A. 

    8.38     9.79  

Total Risk-Based Capital

             

SCBT Financial Corporation

    14.60     14.42  

SCBT, N.A. 

    14.43     14.28  

        Provisions within the Dodd-Frank Act will require institutions that had more than $15 billion in assets on December 31, 2009, will no longer be able to include trust preferred securities ("TRUPs") as Tier 1 capital beginning in 2013. One third will be phased out over the next two years ending in 2015. Financial institutions with less than $15 billion in total assets, such as SCBT, may continue to include their TRUPs issued prior to May 19, 2010 in Tier 1 capital, but cannot issue new capital TRUPs.

        The FDICIA, among other items, identifies five capital categories for insured depository institutions (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized) and requires the respective Federal regulatory agencies to implement systems for "prompt corrective action" for insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements within such categories. The FDICIA also imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is classified. Failure to meet the capital guidelines could also subject a banking institution to capital raising requirements. An "undercapitalized" bank must develop a capital restoration plan and its parent holding company must guarantee that bank's compliance with the plan (see "Obligations of Holding Company to its Subsidiary Banks," above). In addition, the FDICIA requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for safety and soundness relating

14


Table of Contents


generally to operations and management, asset quality, and executive compensation. The FDICIA permits regulatory action against a financial institution that does not meet such standards.

        The various regulatory agencies have adopted substantially similar regulations that define the five capital categories identified by the FDICIA, using the total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as the relevant capital measures. Such regulations establish various degrees of corrective action to be taken when an institution is considered undercapitalized. Under the regulations, an institution will be categorized as:

        Under these guidelines, our bank is considered "well capitalized."

        Banking agencies have also adopted final regulations which mandate that regulators take into consideration (i) concentration of credit risk, (ii) interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution's assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance-sheet position), and (iii) risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution's ability to manage those risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution's capital. That evaluation will be made as a part of the institution's regular safety and soundness examination. In addition, the banking agencies have amended their regulatory capital guidelines to incorporate a measure for market risk. In accordance with the amended guidelines, if we were to engage in significant trading activity (as defined in the amendment) we must incorporate a measure for market risk in our respective regulatory capital calculations effective for reporting periods after January 1, 1998.

Payment of Dividends

        SCBT is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiary bank. Funds for cash distributions to our shareholders are derived primarily from dividends received from our bank subsidiary. Our bank is subject to various general regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends. Any restriction on the ability of our bank to pay dividends will indirectly restrict the ability of SCBT to pay dividends.

15


Table of Contents

        The approval of the OCC is required if the total of all dividends declared by a national bank in any calendar year will exceed the total of its retained net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the two preceding years, less any required transfers to surplus. In addition, national banks can only pay dividends to the extent that retained net profits (including the portion transferred to surplus) exceed statutory bad debts in excess of the bank's allowance for loan losses ("ALLL"). Further, if in the opinion of the OCC a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the bank, could include the payment of dividends), the OCC may require, after notice and a hearing, that such bank cease and desist from such practice. The OCC has indicated that paying dividends that deplete a national bank's capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. The Federal Reserve Board, the OCC, and the FDIC have issued policy statements which provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

        In addition to the foregoing, the ability of SCBT and its bank to pay dividends may be affected by the various minimum capital requirements and the capital and non-capital standards established under the FDICIA, as described above. The right of SCBT, its shareholders, and its creditors to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of its subsidiary is further subject to the prior claims of creditors of our subsidiary bank.

Certain Transactions by SCBT and its Affiliates

        Various legal limitations place restrictions on the ability of the bank to lend or otherwise supply funds to SCBT and its affiliate. The Federal Reserve Act limits a bank's "covered transactions," which include extensions of credit, with any affiliate to 10% of such bank's capital and surplus. All covered transactions with its affiliate cannot in the aggregate exceed 20% of a bank's capital and surplus. All covered and exempt transactions between a bank and its affiliate must be on terms and conditions consistent with safe and sound banking practices, and banks and their subsidiaries are prohibited from purchasing low-quality assets from the bank's affiliate. Also, the Federal Reserve Act requires that all of a bank's extensions of credit to an affiliate be appropriately secured by acceptable collateral, generally United States government or agency securities. In addition, the Federal Reserve Act limits covered and other transactions among affiliates to terms and circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at least as favorable to a bank holding company, a bank or a subsidiary of either as prevailing at the time for transactions with unaffiliated companies.

Insurance of Deposits

        Deposits at our bank are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The Deposit Insurance Fund is the successor to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which were merged effective March 31, 2006. As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC insured institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the insurance fund. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings institutions, after giving the OTS an opportunity to take such action, and may terminate the deposit insurance if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

        Under regulations effective January 1, 2007, the FDIC adopted a new risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on an insured institution's ranking in one of four risk categories based upon supervisory and capital evaluations. For deposits held as of March 31, 2009, institutions were assessed at annual rates ranging from 12 to 50 basis points, depending on each institution's risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory measures. Effective April 1, 2009, assessments also took into account each institution's reliance on secured

16


Table of Contents


liabilities and brokered deposits. This resulted in assessments ranging from 7 to 77.5 basis points. In May 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule which levied a special assessment applicable to all insured depository institutions totaling 5 basis points of each institution's total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, not to exceed 10 basis points of domestic deposits. This special assessment was part of the FDIC's efforts to rebuild the Deposit Insurance Fund. We paid this one-time special assessment in the amount of $1.3 million to the FDIC during the second quarter of 2009.

        In November 2009, the FDIC published a final rule to require FDIC insured banks to prepay the fourth quarter assessment and the next three years assessment by December 31, 2009. The calculation of the prepaid assessment provides for a 5% growth rate assumption in the deposit base and a 3 basis point increase in FDIC assessments in 2011 and 2012. Therefore, if deposits grow quicker than 5%, our quarterly expense in the future will increase compared to previous periods. The prepayment does not immediately impact expense levels during 2009, but does impact our liquidity. At December 31, 2010, the Company had a prepaid assessment to the FDIC of $7.1 million compared to $11.2 million at December 31, 2009. As a result of these factors, our FDIC general assessment rates in 2009 increased.

        FDIC insured institutions are required to pay a Financing Corporation assessment to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s. The Financing Corporation quarterly assessment for the fourth quarter of 2010 equaled 5.765 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits at our institution. These assessments, which may be revised based upon the level of deposits, will continue until the bonds mature in the years 2017 through 2019.

        The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including the bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the OCC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC. Management of the bank is not aware of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of the bank's deposit insurance.

International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001

        On October 26, 2001, the President signed the USA Patriot Act of 2001 into law. This act contains the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the "IMLAFA"). The IMLAFA contains anti-money laundering measures affecting insured depository institutions, broker-dealers, and certain other financial institutions. The IMLAFA requires U.S. financial institutions to adopt new policies and procedures to combat money laundering. Further, the Act grants the Secretary of the Treasury broad authority to establish regulations and to impose requirements and restrictions on financial institution's operations. We have adopted policies and procedures to comply with the provisions of the IMLAFA.

        The Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC"), which is a division of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, is responsible for helping to insure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with "enemies" of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC has sent, and will send, our banking regulatory agencies lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts. If the bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the FBI. The bank has appointed an OFAC compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications. The bank actively checks high-risk OFAC areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files. The bank performs these

17


Table of Contents


checks utilizing software, which is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.

Incentive Compensation

        In June 2010, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC issued a comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization's incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization's ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization's board of directors.

        The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not "large, complex banking organizations." These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization's activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization's supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization's ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization's safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

Other Laws and Regulations

        Interest and certain other charges collected or contracted for by our bank is subject to state usury laws and certain federal laws concerning interest rates. Our bank's operations are also subject to certain federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the following:

18


Table of Contents

        The deposit operations of our bank is also subject to the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records, and the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve Board to implement that act, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers' rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

        From time to time, bills come before the United States Congress and in the North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia state legislatures that in certain cases contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structure, regulation, and competitive relationships of financial institutions. Among such bills are proposals to prohibit banks and bank holding companies from conducting certain types of activities, to subject banks to increased disclosure and reporting requirements, to alter the statutory separation of commercial and investment banking, and to further expand the powers of banks, bank holding companies and competitors of banks. We cannot predict whether or in what form any of these proposals will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected.

Fiscal and Monetary Policy

        Banking is a business that depends largely on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest we pay on our deposits and other borrowings, and the interest we receive on our loans and securities holdings, constitutes the major portion of our bank's earnings. Thus, our earnings and growth will be subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board regulates, among other things, the supply of money through various means, including open-market dealings in United States government securities, the discount rate at which banks may borrow from the Federal Reserve Board, and the reserve requirements on deposits. We cannot predict the nature and timing of any changes in such policies and their impact on our business.

Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action

        From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. We cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or the Bank could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

19


Table of Contents

Executive Officers of SCBT

        Executive officers of SCBT are elected by the board of directors annually and serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. The executive officers and their ages, positions with SCBT over the past five years, and terms of office as of March 1, 2011, are as follows:

Name (age)
  Position and Five Year History with SCBT   With SCBT Since  
Robert R. Hill, Jr. (44)   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
President and Chief Operating Officer of
South Carolina Bank and Trust (1999–2004)
    1995  

John C. Pollok (45)

 

Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Financial Officer (2007–2010)

 

 

1996

 

Donald E. Pickett (50)

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

2010

 

Joseph E. Burns (56)

 

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
Chief Credit Officer (2000–2009)

 

 

2000

 

John F. Windley (58)

 

President and Chief Banking Officer,
South Carolina Bank and Trust Regional President,
South Carolina Bank and Trust (2002–2006)

 

 

2002

 

Renee R. Brooks (41)

 

Corporate Secretary and Chief Administrative Officer
Corporate Secretary and Retail & Commercial Banking Officer (2009–2010)
Commercial Department Manager—SCBT of the Piedmont (2005–2009)

 

 

1996

 

        None of the above officers are related and there are no arrangements or understandings between them and any other person pursuant to which any of them was elected as an officer, other than arrangements or understandings with the directors or officers of SCBT acting solely in their capacities as such.

20


Table of Contents

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

        Our business operations and the value of securities issued by us may be adversely affected by certain risk factors, many of which are outside of our control. We believe the risk factors listed could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may also be adversely affected by additional risks and uncertainties or those that we believe are currently immaterial to our business operations. In such cases, you could lose part or all of your investment.

General Business Risks

Recent negative developments in the financial industry, the domestic and international credit markets, and the economy in general may adversely affect our operations and results.

        Negative developments in the global credit and securitization markets have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general with the expectation of continued uncertainty in 2011. As a result of this "credit crunch," commercial as well as consumer loan portfolio performances deteriorated at institutions and the competition for deposits and quality loans has increased significantly. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and may continue to decline. Global securities markets, and bank holding company stock prices in particular, have been negatively affected, as has in general the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets. Bank regulatory agencies are expected to be active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement orders. Negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets, and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments, may negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact our financial performance. We can provide no assurance regarding the manner in which any new laws and regulations will affect us.

There can be no assurance that recently enacted legislation will help stabilize the U.S. financial system.

        Under the EESA, which was enacted on October 3, 2008, the U.S. Treasury has the authority to, among other things, invest in financial institutions and purchase up to $700 billion of troubled assets and mortgages from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. Under the CPP, the U.S. Treasury committed to purchase up to $250 billion of preferred stock and warrants in eligible institutions. The EESA also temporarily increased FDIC deposit insurance coverage to $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2009, which was recently permanently increased to $250,000 under the Dodd-Frank Act.

        On February 10, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced the Financial Stability Plan which, among other things, provides a forward-looking supervisory capital assessment program that is mandatory for banking institutions with over $100 billion of assets and makes capital available to financial institutions qualifying under a process and criteria similar to the CPP. In addition, the Recovery Act was signed into law on February 17, 2009 and includes among other things, extensive new restrictions on the compensation and governance arrangements of financial institutions.

        On July 21, 2010, the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act, a comprehensive regulatory framework that will affect every financial institution in the U.S. The Dodd-Frank Act includes, among other measures, changes to the deposit insurance and financial regulatory systems, enhanced bank capital requirements and provisions designed to protect consumers in financial transactions. Regulatory agencies will implement new regulations in the future which will establish the parameters of the new regulatory framework and provide a clearer understanding of the legislation's effect on banks. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity, and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. In particular, the potential impact

21


Table of Contents


of the Dodd-Frank Act on our operations and activities, both currently and prospectively, include, among others:

        Numerous actions have been taken by the U.S. Congress, the Federal Reserve, the U.S. Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC and others to address the current liquidity and credit crisis that followed the sub-prime mortgage crisis that commenced in 2007, including the Financial Stability Program adopted by the U.S. Treasury. We cannot predict the actual effects of EESA, ARRA, the Dodd-Frank Act, and various other governmental, regulatory, monetary and fiscal initiatives which have been and may be enacted on the economy, the financial markets, or on us. The terms and costs of these activities, or the failure of these actions to help stabilize the financial markets, asset prices, market liquidity and a continuation or worsening of current financial market and economic conditions, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and the price of our common stock.

Our estimated allowance for loan losses may be inadequate and an increase in the allowance would reduce earnings.

        We are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans will not be sufficient to ensure full repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the lending business and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and ability to meet obligations. The volatility and deterioration in foreign and domestic markets may also increase our risk for credit losses. The composition of our loan portfolio, primarily secured by real estate, reduces loss exposure. At December 31, 2010, we had approximately 13,164 of non-acquired loans secured by real estate with an average loan balance of approximately $152,000. At December 31, 2010, we had approximately 25,865 total non-acquired loans with an average loan balance of approximately $88,000. We evaluate the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for loan losses that we believe to be adequate based on a variety of factors including but not limited to: the risk characteristics of various classifications of loans, previous loan loss experience, specific loans that have loss potential, delinquency trends, estimated fair market value of the collateral, current economic conditions, the views of our regulators, and geographic and industry loan concentrations. If our evaluation is incorrect and borrower defaults cause losses that exceed our allowance for loan losses, our earnings could be significantly and adversely affected. These risks have been exacerbated by the recent developments in national and international financial markets and the economy in general. No assurance can be given that the allowance will be adequate to cover loan losses inherent in our portfolio. We may experience losses in our loan portfolios or perceive adverse conditions and trends that may require us to significantly increase our allowance for loan losses in the future, a decision that would reduce earnings.

We are exposed to higher credit risk by commercial real estate, commercial business, and construction lending.

        Commercial real estate, commercial business and construction lending usually involves higher credit risks than that of single-family residential lending. These types of loans involve larger loan

22


Table of Contents


balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers. Commercial real estate loans may be affected to a greater extent than residential loans by adverse conditions in real estate markets or the economy because commercial real estate borrowers' ability to repay their loans depends on successful development of their properties, as well as the factors affecting residential real estate borrowers. These loans also involve greater risk because they generally are not fully amortizing over the loan period, but have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower's ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or sell the underlying property in a timely manner.

        Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon whether our initial estimate of the property's value at completion of construction equals or exceeds the cost of the property construction (including interest) and the availability of permanent take-out financing. During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays and cost overruns. If estimates of value are inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan or by seizure of collateral.

        Commercial business loans are typically based on the borrowers' ability to repay the loans from the cash flow of their businesses. These loans may involve greater risk because the availability of funds to repay each loan depends substantially on the success of the business itself. In addition, the collateral securing the loans have the following characteristics: (i) depreciate over time, (ii) difficult to appraise and liquidate, and (iii) fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

        Commercial real estate, commercial business, and construction loans are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. Our underwriting, review, and monitoring cannot eliminate all of the risks related to these loans.

        As of December 31, 2010, our outstanding commercial real estate loans were equal to 218.8% of our total risk-based capital. The banking regulators are giving commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and may require banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans to implement enhanced underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as possibly higher levels of allowances for losses and capital levels as a result of commercial real estate lending growth and exposures.

Our business is predominately in three states, South Carolina, Mecklenburg County of North Carolina, and Northeast Georgia; therefore, continuation of the economic downturn in South Carolina, this North Carolina County, and Northeast Georgia could negatively impact results from operations and our financial condition.

        Because of our concentration of business in the Southeast, continuation of the economic downturn in this region could make it more difficult to attract deposits and could cause higher rates of loss and delinquency on our loans than if the loans were more geographically diversified. Adverse economic conditions in these regions, including, without limitation, declining real estate values, could cause our levels of non-performing assets and loan losses to increase. If the economic downturn continues or a prolonged economic recession occurs in the economy as a whole, borrowers will be less likely to repay their loans as scheduled. A continued economic downturn could, therefore, result in losses that materially and adversely affect our business.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the real estate market could hurt our business.

        A significant portion of our non-covered loan portfolio is secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2010, approximately 87.3% of our loans had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. We have identified credit concerns with respect to certain loans in our loan portfolio

23


Table of Contents


which are primarily related to the downturn in the real estate market. The real estate market has been substantially impacted by the current economic environment, increased levels of inventories of unsold homes, and higher foreclosure rates. As a result, property values for this type of collateral have declined substantially and market appraisal assumptions continue to trend downward significantly. These loans carry a higher degree of risk than long-term financing of existing real estate since repayment is dependent on the ultimate completion of the project or home and usually on the sale of the property or permanent financing. Slow housing conditions have affected some of these borrowers' ability to sell the completed projects in a timely manner, and we believe that these trends are likely to continue. In some cases, this downturn has resulted in an impairment to the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. As a result, we incurred higher charge-offs in 2009 and 2010 and increased our allowance for loan losses during these periods to address the probable credit risks inherent within our loanportfolio. Further deterioration in the real estate market may cause us to adjust our opinion of the level of credit quality in our loan portfolio. Such a determination may lead to an additional increase in our provisions for loan losses, which could also adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Liquidity needs could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        The primary sources of our bank's funds are client deposits and loan repayments. While scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, they are subject to the ability of borrowers to repay the loans. The ability of borrowers to repay loans can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in economic conditions, adverse trends or events affecting business industry groups, reductions in real estate values or markets, business closings or lay-offs, inclement weather, natural disasters, which could be exacerbated by potential climate change, and international instability. Additionally, deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, regulatory capital requirements, returns available to clients on alternative investments and general economic conditions. Accordingly, we may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations. Such sources include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, sales of securities and loans, and federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks, as well as out-of-market time deposits. While we believe that these sources are currently adequate, there can be no assurance they will be sufficient to meet future liquidity demands, particularly if we continue to grow and experience increasing loan demand. We may be required to slow or discontinue loan growth, capital expenditures or other investments or liquidate assets should such sources not be adequate.

We may decide to make future acquisitions, which could dilute current shareholders' stock ownership and expose us to additional risks.

        In accordance with our strategic plan, we regularly evaluate opportunities to acquire other banks and branch locations to expand SCBT, including potential acquisitions of assets and liabilities of target banks that are in receivership through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions. Our acquisition activities could be material to SCBT. For example, we could issue additional shares of common stock in a purchase transaction, which could dilute current shareholders' ownership interest in SCBT. These activities could require us to use a substantial amount of cash or other liquid assets and to incur debt. In addition, if goodwill recorded in connection with our prior or potential future acquisitions were determined to be impaired, then we would be required to recognize a charge against our earnings, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations during the period in which the impairment was recognized. Any potential charges for impairment related to goodwill would not impact cash flow, tangible capital or liquidity.

24


Table of Contents

        Our acquisition activities could involve a number of additional risks, including the risks of:

        If we do not successfully manage these risks, our acquisition activities could have a material effect on our operating results and financial condition, including short and long-term liquidity.

        Any acquisition of assets and liabilities of target banks that are in receivership through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions requires us, through our bank subsidiary, to enter into a Purchase & Assumption Agreement (the "P&A Agreement") with the FDIC. The P&A Agreement is a form document prepared by the FDIC, and our ability to negotiate the terms of this agreement is extremely limited. P&A Agreements typically provide for limited disclosure about, and limited indemnification for, risks associated with the target banks (as did the P&A Agreement related to our acquisition of deposits (excluding brokered deposits), certain other borrowings and certain assets from CBT and Habersham). There is a risk that such disclosure regarding, and indemnification for, the assets and liabilities of target banks will not be sufficient and we will incur unanticipated losses in connection with any acquisition of assets and liabilities of target banks that are in receivership through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions. In any future P&A Agreements, we may be required to make an additional payment to the FDIC under certain circumstances following the completion of an FDIC-assisted acquisition if, for example, actual losses related to the target bank's assets acquired are less than a stated threshold. The P&A Agreements related to our acquisitions of deposits (excluding brokered deposits), certain borrowings and certain assets from CBT and Habersham include such a true-up provision.

        In addition, the FDIC bid process for failed depository institutions is competitive. We cannot provide any assurances that we will be successful in bidding for any target bank or for other failed depository institutions in the future.

We may be exposed to difficulties in combining the operations of acquired businesses such as those of Habersham Bank in Northeast Georgia into our own operations, which may prevent us from achieving the expected benefits from our acquisition activities.

        We may not be able to fully achieve the strategic objectives and operating efficiencies that we anticipate in our acquisition activities. Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired business, such as the business of Habersham, in which we assumed all deposits (excluding brokered deposits) and purchased certain other assets on February 18, 2011 through an FDIC-assisted transaction. In addition, the markets and industries in which SCBT and our potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive. We may lose customers or the customers of acquired entities as a result of an acquisition. We also may lose key personnel from the acquired entity as a result of an acquisition. We may not discover all known and unknown factors when examining a company for acquisition during the due diligence period. These factors could produce unintended and unexpected consequences for us. Undiscovered factors as a result of acquisition, pursued by non-related third party entities, could bring civil, criminal, and financial liabilities against us, our management, and the management of those

25


Table of Contents


entities acquired. These factors could contribute to SCBT not achieving the expected benefits from its acquisitions within desired time frames.

New or acquired banking office facilities and other facilities may not be profitable.

        We may not be able to identify profitable locations for new banking offices. The costs to start up new banking offices or to acquire existing branches, and the additional costs to operate these facilities, may increase our non-interest expense and decrease our earnings in the short term. If branches of other banks become available for sale, we may acquire those offices. It may be difficult to adequately and profitably manage our growth through the establishment or purchase of additional banking offices and we can provide no assurance that any such banking offices will successfully attract enough deposits to offset the expenses of their operation. In addition, any new or acquired banking offices will be subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in securing such approval.

We are exposed to a need for additional capital resources for the future and these capital resources may not be available when needed or at all.

        We may need to incur additional debt or equity financing in the future to make strategic acquisitions or investments or to strengthen our capital position. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control and our financial performance. We cannot provide assurance that such financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Our net interest income may decline based on the interest rate environment.

        We depend on our net interest income to drive profitability. Differences in volume, yields or interest rates and differences in income earning products such as interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities determine our net interest income. We are exposed to changes in general interest rate levels and other economic factors beyond our control. Net interest income may decline in a particular period if:

        Our net interest income may decline based on our exposure to a difference in short-term and long-term interest rates. If the difference between the interest rates shrinks or disappear, the difference between rates paid on deposits and received on loans could narrow significantly resulting in a decrease in net interest income. In addition to these factors, if market interest rates rise rapidly, interest rate adjustment caps may limit increases in the interest rates on adjustable rate loans, thus reducing our net interest income. Also, certain adjustable rate loans re-price based on lagging interest rate indices. This lagging effect may also negatively impact our net interest income when general interest rates continue to rise periodically.

        Our primary policy for managing interest rate risk exposure involves monitoring exposure to interest rate increases and decreases of as much as 200 basis points ratably over a 12-month period. As of December 31, 2010, the earnings simulations indicated that the impact of a 200 basis point increase in rates over 12 months would result in an approximate 1.6% increase in net interest income—as compared with a base case unchanged interest rate environment. As a result of the current rate environment with federal funds rates between zero and 25 basis points, our simulation does not produce a realistic scenario for the impact of a 200 basis point decrease in rates. These results indicate

26


Table of Contents


that our rate sensitivity is slightly asset sensitive to the indicated change in interest rates over a one-year horizon.

We are exposed to the possibility that more prepayments may be made by customers to pay down loan balances, which could reduce our interest income and profitability.

        Prepayment rates stem from consumer behavior, conditions in the housing and financial markets, general United States economic conditions, and the relative interest rates on fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans. Therefore, changes in prepayment rates are difficult to predict. Recognition of deferred loan origination costs and premiums paid in originating these loans are normally recognized over the contractual life of each loan. As prepayments occur, the rate at which net deferred loan origination costs and premiums are expensed will accelerate. The effect of the acceleration of deferred costs and premium amortization may be mitigated by prepayment penalties paid by the borrower when the loan is paid in full within a certain period of time, which varies between loans. If prepayment occurs after the period of time when the loan is subject to a prepayment penalty, the effect of the acceleration of premium and deferred cost amortization is no longer mitigated. We recognize premiums paid on mortgage-backed securities as an adjustment from interest income over the expected life of the security based on the rate of repayment of the securities. Acceleration of prepayments on the loans underlying a mortgage-backed security shortens the life of the security, increases the rate at which premiums are expensed and further reduces interest income. We may not be able to reinvest loan and security prepayments at rates comparable to the prepaid instrument particularly in a period of declining interest rates.

We may not be able to adequately anticipate and respond to changes in market interest rates.

        We may be unable to anticipate changes in market interest rates, which are affected by many factors beyond our control including but not limited to inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, monetary policy, and other changes that affect financial markets both domestic and foreign. Our net interest income is affected not only by the level and direction of interest rates, but also by the shape of the yield curve and relationships between interest sensitive instruments and key driver rates, as well as balance sheet growth, customer loan and deposit preferences, and the timing of changes in these variables. In the event rates increase, our interest costs on liabilities may increase more rapidly than our income on interest earning assets, thus a deterioration of net interest margins. As such, fluctuations in interest rates could have significant adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

        Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by SCBT cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to SCBT. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We could experience a loss due to competition with other financial institutions.

        The banking and financial services industry is very competitive. Legal and regulatory developments have made it easier for new and sometimes unregulated competitors to compete with us. The financial services industry has and is experiencing an ongoing trend towards consolidation in which fewer large national and regional banks and other financial institutions are replacing many smaller and more local

27


Table of Contents


banks. These larger banks and other financial institutions hold a large accumulation of assets and have significantly greater resources and a wider geographic presence or greater accessibility. In some instances, these larger entities operate without the traditional brick and mortar facilities that restrict geographic presence. Some competitors are able to offer more services, more favorable pricing or greater customer convenience than SCBT. In addition, competition has increased from new banks and other financial services providers that target our existing or potential customers. As consolidation continues among large banks, we expect other smaller institutions to try to compete in the markets we serve.

        Technological developments have allowed competitors, including some non-depository institutions, to compete more effectively in local markets and have expanded the range of financial products, services and capital available to our target customers. If we are unable to implement, maintain and use such technologies effectively, we may not be able to offer products or achieve cost-efficiencies necessary to compete in the industry. In addition, some of these competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and lower cost structures.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties.

        In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to clients, we may assume that a customer's audited financial statements conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. Our earnings are significantly affected by our ability to properly originate, underwrite and service loans. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent we incorrectly assess the creditworthiness of our borrowers, fail to detect or respond to deterioration in asset quality in a timely manner, or rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading.

The accuracy of our financial statements and related disclosures could be affected because we are exposed to conditions or assumptions different from the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies.

        The preparation of financial statements and related disclosure in conformity with GAAP requires us to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our critical accounting policies, included in this document, describe those significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that are considered "critical" by us because they require judgments, assumptions and estimates that materially impact our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. As a result, if future events differ significantly from the judgments, assumptions and estimates in our critical accounting policies, such events or assumptions could have a material impact on our audited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

We are exposed to the possibility of technology failure and a disruption in our operations may adversely affect our business.

        We rely on our computer systems and the technology of outside service providers. Our daily operations depend on the operational effectiveness of their technology. We rely on our systems to accurately track and record our assets and liabilities. If our computer systems or outside technology sources become unreliable, fail, or experience a breach of security, our ability to maintain accurate

28


Table of Contents


financial records may be impaired, which could materially affect our business operations and financial condition. In addition, a disruption in our operations resulting from failure of transportation and telecommunication systems, loss of power, interruption of other utilities, natural disaster, fire, global climate changes, computer hacking or viruses, failure of technology, terrorist activity or the domestic and foreign response to such activity or other events outside of our control could have an adverse impact on the financial services industry as a whole and/or on our business. Our business recovery plan may not be adequate and may not prevent significant interruptions of our operations or substantial losses.

We are exposed to a possible loss of our employees and critical management team.

        We are dependent on the ability and experience of a number of key management personnel who have substantial experience with our operations, the financial services industry, and the markets in which we offer products and services. The loss of one or more senior executives or key managers may have an adverse effect on our operations. Also, as we continue to grow operations, our success depends on our ability to continue to attract, manage, and retain other qualified middle management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to attract or retain such personnel.

The FDIC Deposit Insurance assessments that we are required to pay may materially increase in the future, which would have an adverse effect on our earnings.

        As a member institution of the FDIC, we are required to amortize into expense the three year prepayment of FDIC assessments which was levied at the end of 2009. The Company's deposit insurance assessments expense totaled $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, the deposit insurance assessment expense was $5.0 million, including a one-time special assessment of $1.3 million. Due to the recent failure of several unaffiliated FDIC insurance depository institutions and the FDIC's new liquidity guarantee program, the deposit insurance premium assessments paid by all banks has increased. In addition, new FDIC requirements shift a greater share of any increase in such assessments onto institutions with higher risk profiles, including banks with heavy reliance on brokered deposits, such as our bank. At December 31, 2009, the Company prepaid to the FDIC $11.2 million under the November 2009 final rule requiring a prepayment of the next three years' assessments. The remaining unamortized amount was carried as a prepaid asset as of December 31, 2010, and totaled approximately $7.1 million.

Negative public opinion surrounding our company and the financial institutions industry generally could damage our reputation and adversely impact our earnings.

        Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion surrounding our company and the financial institutions industry generally, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract clients and employees and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Although we take steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with our clients and communities, this risk will always be present given the nature of our business.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business and limit our ability to receive dividends from our bank.

        We are subject to Federal Reserve Board regulation. Our bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by our primary federal regulator, the OCC, and by the FDIC, the

29


Table of Contents


regulating authority that insures customer deposits. Also, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"), our bank must comply with applicable regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Board and the FHLB. Regulation by these agencies is intended primarily for the protection of our depositors and the deposit insurance fund and not for the benefit of our shareholders. Our bank's activities are also regulated under consumer protection laws applicable to our lending, deposit, and other activities. A sufficient claim against our bank under these laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We are exposed to declines in the value of qualified pension plan assets or unfavorable changes in laws or regulations that govern pension plan funding, which could require us to provide significant amounts of funding for our qualified pension plan.

        As a matter of course, we anticipate that we will make material cash contributions to our qualified defined benefit pension plan in the near and long term. A significant decline in the value of qualified pension plan assets in the future or unfavorable changes in laws or regulations that govern pension plan funding could materially change the timing and amount of required pension funding. As a result, we may be required to fund our qualified defined benefit pension plan with a greater amount of cash from operations, perhaps by an additional material amount.

We are exposed to further changes in the regulation of financial services companies.

        Proposals for further regulation of the financial services industry are continually being introduced in the Congress of the United States of America, the General Assembly of the State of South Carolina, the General Assembly of the State of North Carolina, and the General Assembly of the State of Georgia. The agencies regulating the financial services industry also periodically adopt changes to their regulations. On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced that Freddie Mac (along with Fannie Mae) has been placed into conservatorship under the control of the newly created Federal Housing Finance Agency. On October 3, 2008, EESA was signed into law, and on October 14, 2008 the U.S. Treasury announced its CPP under EESA. On February 17, 2009, the Recovery Act was signed into law. In November 2009, the FDIC announced a final rule to require FDIC insured banks to prepay the fourth quarter assessment and the next three years assessment by December 31, 2009. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. One of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act amended the Electronic Fund Transfer Act ("EFTA") to, among other things, give the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. The interchange fee provisions under the Dodd-Frank Act provide an exception for institutions with less than $10 billion in assets. While SCBT would not be subject to the interchange fee restrictions, it could negatively impact bank card services income if the reductions that are required of larger banks cause industry wide reductions of swipe fees. It is possible that additional legislative proposals may be adopted or regulatory changes may be made that would have an adverse effect on our business. We can provide no assurance regarding the manner in which any new laws and regulations will affect us. See "Risk Factors—We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business and limit our ability to receive dividends from our bank" above.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

Our ability to pay cash dividends is limited, and we may be unable to pay future dividends even if we desire to do so.

        Our ability to pay cash dividends may be limited by regulatory restrictions, by our bank's ability to pay cash dividends to our holding company and by our need to maintain sufficient capital to support

30


Table of Contents


our operations. The ability of our bank to pay cash dividends to our holding company is limited by its obligation to maintain sufficient capital and by other restrictions on its cash dividends that are applicable to national banks and banks that are regulated by the FDIC. If our bank is not permitted to pay cash dividends to our holding company, it is unlikely that we would be able to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Moreover, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, and if declared by our board of directors. Although we have historically paid cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and our board of directors could reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. See above "Risk Factors—We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business and limit our ability to receive dividends from our bank".

We may issue additional shares of stock or equity derivative securities that will dilute the percentage ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock and adversely affect the terms on which we may obtain additional capital.

        Our authorized capital includes 40,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2010, we had 12,793,823 shares of common stock outstanding and had reserved for issuance 386,207 shares underlying options that are or may become exercisable at an average price of $29.02 per share. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, we had the ability to issue 155,634 shares of common stock pursuant to options and restricted stock that may be granted in the future under our existing equity compensation plans. As of December 31, 2010, we had no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Subject to applicable NASDAQ rules, our board generally has the authority, without action by or vote of the shareholders, to issue all or part of any authorized but unissued shares of stock for any corporate purpose, including issuance of equity-based incentives under or outside of our equity compensation plans. We may seek additional equity capital in the future as we develop our business and expand our operations. Any issuance of additional shares of stock or equity derivative securities will dilute the percentage ownership interest of our shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock. Shares we issue in connection with any such offering will increase the total number of outstanding shares and may dilute the economic and voting ownership interest of our existing shareholders.

        Subsequent to year-end, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, effective as of February 18, 2011, with accredited institutional investors, pursuant to which the Company sold a total of 1,129,032 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $31.00 per share (the "Private Placement"). The proceeds to the Company from the Private Placement were $34.7 million, net of approximately $315,000 in issuance costs. The Private Placement was completed on February 18, 2011, and was contingent on a successful bid for Habersham.

Our stock price may be volatile, which could result in losses to our investors and litigation against us.

        Our stock price has been volatile in the past and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors include but are not limited to: actual or anticipated variations in earnings, changes in analysts' recommendations or projections, our announcement of developments related to our businesses, operations and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers, new technology used or services offered by traditional and non-traditional competitors, news reports of trends, concerns, irrational exuberance on the part of investors, and other issues related to the financial services industry. Our stock price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to our performance. General market declines or market volatility in the future, especially in the financial institutions sector, could adversely affect the price of SCBT's common stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices.

        Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Moreover, in the past, securities class action lawsuits have been

31


Table of Contents


instituted against some companies following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. We could in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources from our normal business.

Future sales of our stock by our shareholders or the perception that those sales could occur may cause our stock price to decline.

        Although our common stock is listed for trading in The NASDAQ Global Select MarketSM, the trading volume in our common stock is lower than that of other larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the relatively low trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline or to be lower than it otherwise might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

The existence of outstanding stock options issued to our current or former executive officers, directors, and employees may result in dilution of your ownership and adversely affect the terms on which we can obtain additional capital.

        As of December 31, 2010, we had outstanding options to purchase 386,207 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $29.02 per share. All of these options are held by our current or former executive officers, directors, and employees. Also, as of December 31, 2010, we had the ability to issue options and restricted stock to purchase an additional 155,634 shares of our common stock. The issuance of shares subject to options under the equity compensation plans will result in dilution of our shareholders' ownership of our common stock.

        The exercise of stock options could also adversely affect the terms on which we can obtain additional capital. Option holders are most likely to exercise their options when the exercise price is less than the market price for our common stock. They profit from any increase in the stock price without assuming the risks of ownership of the underlying shares of common stock by exercising their options and selling the stock immediately.

State law and provisions in our articles of incorporation or bylaws could make it more difficult for another company to purchase us, even though such a purchase may increase shareholder value.

        In many cases, shareholders may receive a premium for their shares if we were purchased by another company. State law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for anyone to purchase us without the approval of our board of directors. For example, our articles of incorporation divide the board of directors into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms with approximately one-third of the board of directors elected at each annual meeting of shareholders. This classification of directors makes it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of the board of directors. As a result, at least two annual meetings of shareholders would be required for the shareholders to change a majority of the directors, whether or not a change in the board of directors would be beneficial and whether or not a majority of shareholders believe that such a change would be desirable.

        Our articles of incorporation provide that a merger, exchange or consolidation of SCBT with, or the sale, exchange or lease of all or substantially all of our assets to, any person or entity (referred to herein as a "Fundamental Change"), must be approved by the holders of at least 80% of our outstanding voting stock if the board of directors does not recommend a vote in favor of the Fundamental Change. The articles of incorporation further provide that a Fundamental Change

32


Table of Contents


involving a shareholder that owns or controls 20% or more of our voting stock at the time of the proposed transaction (a "Controlling Party") must be approved by the holders of at least (i) 80% of our outstanding voting stock, and (ii) 67% of our outstanding voting stock held by shareholders other than the Controlling Party, unless (x) the transaction has been recommended to the shareholders by a majority of the entire board of directors or (y) the consideration per share to be received by our shareholders generally is not less than the highest price per share paid by the Controlling Party in the acquisition of its holdings of our common stock during the preceding three years. The approval by the holders of at least 80% of our outstanding voting stock is required to amend or repeal these provisions contained in our articles of incorporation. Finally, in the event that any such Fundamental Change is not recommended by the board of directors, the holders of at least 80% of our outstanding voting stock must attend a meeting called to address such transaction, in person or by proxy, in order for a quorum for the conduct of business to exist. If the 80% and 67% vote requirements described above do not apply because the board of directors recommends the transaction or the consideration is deemed fair, as applicable, then pursuant to the provisions of the South Carolina Business Corporation Act, the Fundamental Change generally must be approved by two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast with respect thereto.

        Consequently, a takeover attempt may prove difficult, and shareholders may not realize the highest possible price for their securities.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

        None.

Item 2.    Properties.

        Our corporate headquarters are located in a four-story facility, located at 520 Gervais Street, Columbia, South Carolina. The Midlands region lead branch of SCBT, N.A., is also located in this approximately 57,000 square-foot building. The main offices of SCBT, N.A. are in a four-story facility with approximately 48,000 square feet of space for operating and administrative purposes, located at 950 John C. Calhoun Drive, S.E., Orangeburg, South Carolina. NCBT, a division of SCBT, N.A., leases approximately 13,000 square feet in a building located at 6525 Morrison Boulevard, Charlotte, North Carolina. The main offices of CBT, a division of SCBT, N.A., are located in a 12,000 square-foot facility at 448 North Main Street, Cornelia, Georgia. Including these main locations, our bank owns fifty-one properties and leases forty-five properties, all of which are used, substantially, as branch locations or for housing other operational units in North and South Carolina and Georgia.

        Subsequent to year-end, on February 18, 2011, we entered into a purchase and assumption agreement ("P&A Agreement") with loss share arrangements with the FDIC to purchase certain assets and assume substantially all of the deposits and certain liabilities of Habersham Bank. The main offices of Habersham Bank are located in an 11,000 square-foot facility at 1151 Washington Street, Clarkesville, Georgia. The Bank did not immediately acquire the real estate, banking facilities, furniture or equipment of Habersham Bank as a part of the P&A Agreement. However, the Bank has the option to purchase the real estate, furniture and equipment from the FDIC. The term of this option expires approximately 90 days from the date of the P&A Agreement.

        Although the properties owned and leased are generally considered adequate, we have a continuing program of modernization, expansion, and when necessary, occasional replacement of facilities.

33


Table of Contents


Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

        As of December 31, 2010 and the date of this form 10-K, we are not a party to, nor is any of our property the subject of, any pending material proceeding other than those that may occur in our ordinary course of business.

Item 4.    (Removed and Reserved).

34


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  

Stock Performance

                               

Dividends per share

  $ 0.68   $ 0.68   $ 0.68   $ 0.68   $ 0.68  

Dividend payout ratio

    16.43 %   74.66 %   40.93 %   29.17 %   30.88 %

Dividend yield (based on the average of the high and low for the year)

    1.98 %   2.67 %   1.90 %   1.94 %   1.81 %

Price/earnings ratio (based on year-end stock price and diluted earnings per share)

    8.03x     37.42x     22.70x     13.65x     19.39x  

Price/book ratio (end of year)

    1.27x     1.25x     1.58x     1.50x     2.25x  

Common Stock Statistics

                               

Stock price ranges:

                               
 

High

  $ 41.03   $ 34.37   $ 45.24   $ 40.84   $ 42.93  
 

Low

    27.59     16.53     26.25     28.29     32.38  
 

Close

    32.75     27.69     34.50     31.67     41.73  

Volume traded on exchanges

    9,948,300     11,219,700     8,098,600     4,359,700     2,510,900  

As a percentage of average shares outstanding

    77.91 %   92.07 %   75.65 %   42.91 %   28.89 %

Earnings per share, basic

  $ 4.11   $ 0.74   $ 1.53   $ 2.33   $ 2.17  

Earnings per share, diluted

    4.08     0.74     1.52     2.32     2.15  

Book value per share

    25.79     22.20     21.77     21.17     18.57  

        In reference to the table above, per share data have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to a 5% common stock dividend paid to shareholders of record on March 9, 2007. Also, we pay cash dividends on common shares out of earnings generated by SCBT in the preceding quarter; therefore, our dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing total dividends paid during 2010 by the total net income available to common shareholders reported in the fourth quarter of 2009, first quarter of 2010, second quarter of 2010 and third quarter of 2010.

Quarterly Common Stock Price Ranges and Dividends

 
  Year Ending
December 31, 2010
  Year Ending
December 31, 2009
 
Quarter
  High   Low   Dividend   High   Low   Dividend  

1st

  $ 38.78   $ 27.59   $ 0.17   $ 34.37   $ 16.53   $ 0.17  

2nd

    41.03     32.78     0.17     26.76     19.68     0.17  

3rd

    35.36     28.28     0.17     28.83     20.58     0.17  

4th

    32.86     29.84     0.17     28.36     25.14     0.17  

        As of March 9, 2011, we had issued and outstanding 13,958,824 shares of common stock which were held by approximately 5,500 shareholders of record. Our common stock trades in The NASDAQ Global Select MarketSM under the symbol "SCBT."

        We pay cash dividends to SCBT shareholders from our assets, which are provided primarily by dividends paid to SCBT by our bank subsidiary. Certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of our

35


Table of Contents


subsidiary to transfer funds to SCBT in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. The approval of the OCC is required to pay dividends in excess of our bank's respective retained net profits for the current year plus retained net profits (net profits less dividends paid) for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. As of December 31, 2010, approximately $58.4 million of our bank's retained earnings were available for distribution to SCBT as dividends without prior regulatory approval. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our bank paid dividends of approximately $8.7 million to SCBT. We anticipate that we will continue to pay comparable cash dividends from our bank to SCBT in the future, however, this is evaluated each quarter.

        In February 2004, we announced a program with no formal expiration date to repurchase up to 250,000 of our common shares. The following table reflects share repurchase activity during the fourth quarter of 2010:

Period
  (a) Total
Number of
Shares (or
Units)
Purchased
  (b) Average
Price Paid per
Share (or Unit)
  (c) Total
Number of
Shares (or
Units)
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
  (d) Maximum
Number (or
Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares (or
Units) that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs
 

October 1 – October 31

    * $         147,872  

November 1 – November 30

    201 *   30.91         147,872  

December 1 – December 31

    1,619 *   31.62         147,872  
                     

Total

    1,820               147,872  
                     

*
These shares were repurchased under arrangements, authorized by our stock-based compensation plans and Board of Directors, whereby officers or directors may sell previously owned shares to SCBT in order to pay for the exercises of stock options or for income taxes owed on vesting shares of restricted stock. These shares are not purchased under the plan to repurchase 250,000 shares.

36


Table of Contents

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.

        The following table presents selected financial and quantitative data for the five years ended December 31 for SCBT Financial Corporation:

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  

Balance Sheet Data Period End

                               

Assets

  $ 3,594,791   $ 2,702,188   $ 2,766,710   $ 2,597,183   $ 2,178,413  

Loans covered under loss share agreements

    321,038                  

Non-acquired loans

    2,296,200     2,203,238     2,316,076     2,083,047     1,760,830  

Loans, net of unearned income*

    2,617,238     2,203,238     2,316,076     2,083,047     1,760,830  

Investment securities

    237,912     211,112     222,227     258,309     210,391  

FDIC receivable for loss share agreements

    212,103                  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

    72,605     65,696     66,221     65,618     35,679  

Deposits

    3,004,148     2,104,639     2,153,274     1,927,889     1,706,715  

Nondeposit borrowings

    237,995     306,139     349,870     440,046     293,521  

Shareholders' equity

    329,957     282,819     244,928     215,065     161,888  

Number of common shares outstanding

    12,793,823     12,739,533     11,250,603     10,160,432     8,719,146  

Book value per common share

    25.79     22.20     21.77     21.17     18.57  

Tangible book value per common share

    20.12     17.04     15.88     14.71     14.47  

Annualized Performance Ratios

                               

Return on average assets

    1.43 %   0.48 %   0.58 %   0.95 %   0.97 %

Return on average equity

    15.45     4.66     7.00     12.42     12.72  

Return on average tangible equity

    20.12     6.18     10.26     16.28     16.83  

Net interest margin (taxable equivalent)

    4.00     4.05     3.83     3.85     3.91  

Efficiency ratio

    46.68     61.17     63.17     65.31     63.80  

Dividend payout ratio

    16.43     74.66     40.93     29.17     30.88  

Asset Quality Ratios

                               

Allowance for loan losses to period end loans**

    2.07 %   1.70 %   1.36 %   1.28 %   1.29 %

Allowance for loan losses to period end nonperforming loans**

    68.71     75.38     211.34     419.22     492.14  

Nonperforming assets to period end loans and repossessed assets**

    3.74     2.40     0.91     0.33     0.30  

Nonperforming assets to period end total assets**

    2.41     1.96     0.76     0.27     0.24  

Net charge-offs to average loans**

    1.99     0.92     0.26     0.13     0.16  

Capital Ratios

                               

Equity to assets

    9.18 %   10.47 %   8.85 %   8.28 %   7.43 %

Tangible equity to tangible assets

    7.31     8.24     6.62     5.90     5.89  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

    8.48     9.89     8.54     8.42     8.11  

Tier 1 risk-based capital

    13.34     12.47     10.42     9.64     10.11  

Total risk-based capital

    14.60     14.42     12.34     10.89     11.36  

Other Data

                               

Number of financial centers

    76     48     50     50     45  

Number of employees (full-time equivalent basis)

    1,015     700     692     701     634  

*
—Excludes loans held for sale.

**
—Excludes assets covered under FDIC loss share agreements.

37


Table of Contents

        The table below provides a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP for the five years ended December 31:

 
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  

Tangible book value per common share

                               

Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP)

  $ 20.12   $ 17.04   $ 15.88   $ 14.71   $ 14.47  

Effect to adjust for tangible assets

    5.67     5.16     5.89     6.46     4.10  
                       

Book value per common share (GAAP)

    25.79     22.20     21.77     21.17     18.57  
                       

Return on average tangible equity

                               

Return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)

    20.12 %   6.18 %   10.26 %   16.28 %   16.83 %

Effect to adjust for tangible assets

    (4.67 )   (1.52 )   (3.26 )   (3.86 )   (4.11 )
                       

Return on average equity (GAAP)

    15.45     4.66     7.00     12.42     12.72  
                       

Tangible equity to tangible assets

                               

Tangible equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)

    7.31 %   8.24 %   6.62 %   5.90 %   5.89 %

Effect to adjust for tangible assets

    1.87     2.23     2.23     2.38     1.54  
                       

Equity to assets (GAAP)

    9.18     10.47     8.85     8.28     7.43  
                       

        The tangible measures above are non-GAAP measures and exclude the effect of period end or average balance of intangible assets. The tangible return on equity measures also add back the after-tax amortization of intangibles to GAAP basis net income. Management believes that these non-GAAP tangible measures provide additional useful information, particularly since these measures are widely used by industry analysts for companies with prior merger and acquisition activities. Non-GAAP measures should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of performance or financial condition as promulgated under GAAP, and investors should consider the company's performance and financial condition as reported under GAAP and all other relevant information when assessing the performance or financial condition of the company. Non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools, and investors should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the company's results or financial condition as reported under GAAP.

38


Table of Contents

        The following table presents selected financial data for the five years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  

Summary of Operations

                               

Interest income

  $ 155,354   $ 141,798   $ 156,075   $ 149,199   $ 127,808  

Interest expense

    32,737     37,208     60,298     68,522     54,281  
                       
 

Net interest income

    122,617     104,590     95,777     80,677     73,527  

Provision for loan losses

    54,282     26,712     10,736     4,384     5,268  
                       
 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    68,335     77,878     85,041     76,293     68,259  

Noninterest income

    137,735     26,246     19,049     27,359     23,962  

Noninterest expense

    125,242     83,646     79,796     71,402     62,132  
                       
 

Income before provision for income taxes

    80,828     20,478     24,294     32,250     30,089  

Provision for income taxes

    28,946     6,883     8,509     10,685     10,284  
                       
 

Net income

    51,882     13,595     15,785     21,565     19,805  

Preferred stock dividends

        1,115              

Accretion on preferred stock discount

        3,559              
                       
 

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 51,882   $ 8,921   $ 15,785   $ 21,565   $ 19,805  
                       

Earnings Per Common Share

                               

Net income available to common shareholders, basic

  $ 4.11   $ 0.74   $ 1.53   $ 2.33   $ 2.17  

Net income available to common shareholders, diluted

    4.08     0.74     1.52     2.32     2.15  

Cash dividends

    0.68     0.68     0.68     0.68     0.68  

        In reference to the table above, net income per share data have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to 5% common stock dividend paid to shareholders of record on March 9, 2007.

39


Table of Contents

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

        The following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") describes SCBT Financial Corporation and its subsidiary's results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, and also analyzes our financial condition as of December 31, 2010 as compared to December 31, 2009. Like most financial institutions, we derive most of our income from interest we receive on our loans and investments. Our primary source of funds for making these loans and investments is our deposits, on most of which we pay interest. Consequently, one of the key measures of our success is the amount of net interest income, or the difference between the income on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the expense on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits. Another key measure is the spread between the yield we earn on these interest-earning assets and the rate we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities.

        Of course, there are risks inherent in all loans, so we maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb our estimate of probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. We establish and maintain this allowance by charging a provision for loan losses against our operating earnings. In the following section, we have included a detailed discussion of this process.

        In addition to earning interest on our loans and investments, we earn income through fees and other expenses we charge to our customers. We describe the various components of this noninterest income, as well as our noninterest expense, in the following discussion.

        The following section also identifies significant factors that have affected our financial position and operating results during the periods included in the accompanying financial statements. We encourage you to read this discussion and analysis in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes and the other statistical information also included in this report.

Overview

        We achieved a record net income available to common shareholders of $51.9 million during 2010 compared to $8.9 million in 2009, due to the $62.5 million after-tax gain on the acquisition of CBT. We continued to experience pressures from the deteriorating U.S. economy and the economies in our markets. The gain from the CBT acquisition was offset by a $27.6 million increase in the provision for loan losses and a $41.6 million increase in noninterest expenses. Consolidated net income available to common shareholders increased 481.6%, or $43.0 million. In 2009, net income was reduced by $4.7 million in preferred stock dividends and accretion on preferred stock discount related to repurchasing the preferred stock from the U.S. Treasury in the second quarter of 2009. Diluted earnings per share increased 451.4% to $4.08 for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $0.74 for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our net interest income increased 17.2% to $122.6 million related to the addition of loans and securities from the CBT acquisition, and declines in interest rates paid on deposits as certificates of deposit balances re-priced lower during the year. Interest income increased 9.6% while interest expense decreased 12.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009.

        Non-acquired nonperforming assets ("NPAs") increased to $86.5 million at December 31, 2010 up from $52.9 million at December 31, 2009. NPAs as a percentage of loans and repossessed assets increased to 3.74% at December 31, 2010 as compared to 2.40% at December 31, 2009 and 3.80% at September 30, 2010. NPAs to total assets at December 31, 2010 were 2.41% compared to 1.96% at the end of 2009 and 2.39% at the end of the third quarter of 2010. The increase continues to reflect the pressure within the real estate market and within the U.S. economy as a whole. The allowance for loans losses represented 2.07% of total non-acquired period-end loans at $47.5 million. The current allowance for loan losses provides 0.69 times coverage of period-end non-acquired nonperforming

40


Table of Contents


loans. Nonperforming loans totaled $69.1 million, representing 3.01% of period-end loans (non-acquired).

        Our noninterest income increased during 2010 by $111.5 million, resulting primarily from the gain on the acquisition of CBT of $98.1 million. The remaining $13.4 million increase resulted from an $11.9 million increase from the addition of the CBT branches and $1.5 million increase in legacy SCBT noninterest income. Our noninterest expense increased during 2010, resulting from the acquisition of CBT branches by $22.6 million; and by $19.0 million due to the following: the prepayment fee paid to the FHLB on advances paid off of $3.2 million, merger expenses of $5.5 million, increase in personnel cost of $9.2 million, including a $1.1 million group insurance termination fee, and increase in business development of $1.3 million. Our efficiency ratio was 46.7% at December 31, 2010 as compared to 61.2% at December 31, 2009. This lower ratio was the result in the large gain from the CBT acquisition. On an adjusted basis for December 31, 2010, the efficiency ratio was 67.9% excluding the gain from the CBT transaction, merger cost, prepayment fee on FHLB advances, and the termination fee on group insurance.

        On January 16, 2009, we completed the sale of $64.8 million in preferred stock and a warrant to the U.S. Treasury as part of the government's TARP CPP. We issued to the U.S. Treasury 64,779 shares of Series T Preferred Stock and a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 303,083 shares of our common stock (the "Warrant") at an initial exercise price of $32.06 per share. On May 20, 2009, we repurchased all of the shares of Series T Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury. As a result, we recorded a $3.3 million accelerated deemed dividend on the preferred stock to account for the difference between the original purchase price for the preferred stock and its redemption price. On June 24, 2009, we paid the U.S. Treasury $1.4 million to repurchase the Warrant. With the repurchase of the Warrant, we have repurchased all securities issued to the U.S. Treasury under the CPP.

        We continue to remain well-capitalized with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.60% as of December 31, 2010. The increase from the prior year reflected the acquisition gain of $98.1 million recorded on the CBT acquisition. We believe our current capital ratios position us well during this time of continued economic uncertainty.

        At December 31, 2010, we had $3.6 billion in assets and 1,015 full-time equivalent employees. Through our banking subsidiary we provide our customers with checking accounts, NOW accounts, savings and time deposits of various types, brokerage services and alternative investment products such as annuities and mutual funds, trust and asset management services, loans for businesses, agriculture, real estate, personal use, home improvement and automobiles, credit cards, letters of credit, home equity lines of credit, safe deposit boxes, bank money orders, wire transfer services, correspondent banking services, and use of ATM facilities.

        Subsequent to year-end, on February 18, 2011, the Company entered into a purchase and assumption ("P&A") agreement with loss share arrangements with the FDIC to purchase certain assets and assume substantially all of the deposits and certain liabilities of Habersham, a full service Georgia state-chartered community bank headquartered in Clarkesville, Georgia. Habersham operated 8 branches in the Northeast region of Georgia. Excluding the effects of purchase accounting, the Company acquired $387.7 million in total assets, including loans of $223.7 million, and $384.8 million in total liabilities, including $339.9 million in deposits, based on December 31, 2010 unaudited balances. Pursuant to the P&A agreement, SCBT, N.A. received a discount of $38.3 million on the assets acquired and did not pay the FDIC a premium to assume all customer deposits. Most of the loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by a loss share agreement between the FDIC and SCBT, N.A. Under this loss share agreement, the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses. The loss sharing agreement applicable to single family residential mortgage loans provides for loss sharing with the FDIC for up to ten years, and for commercial loans and other covered assets provides for loss sharing for up to five years with the FDIC. The Company did not immediately acquire

41


Table of Contents


the real estate, banking facilities, furniture or equipment of Habersham as a part of the P&A agreement. However, the Company has the option to purchase the real estate and furniture and equipment from the FDIC. The term of this option expires approximately 90 days from the date of the acquisition.

        Subsequent to year-end, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, effective as of February 18, 2011, with accredited institutional investors, pursuant to which the Company sold a total of 1,129,032 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $31.00 per share (the "Private Placement"). The proceeds to the Company from the Private Placement were $34.7 million, net of approximately $315,000 in issuance costs. The Private Placement was completed on February 18, 2011, and was contingent on a successful bid for Habersham.

Recent Government Actions

        Please see the caption "Government Actions" under PART I, Item 1 Business on page 8.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        We have established various accounting policies that govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America in the preparation of our financial statements. Significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements. These policies may involve significant judgments and estimates that have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities. Different assumptions made in the application of these policies could result in material changes in our financial position and results of operations.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        The allowance for loan losses reflects the estimated losses that will result from the inability of our bank's borrowers to make required loan payments. In determining an appropriate level for the allowance, we identify portions applicable to specific loans as well as providing amounts that are not identified with any specific loan but are derived with reference to actual loss experience, loan types, loan volumes, economic conditions, and industry standards. Changes in these factors may cause our estimate of the allowance to increase or decrease and result in adjustments to the provision for loan losses. See "Allowance for Loan Losses" in this MD&A and "Allowance for Loan Losses" in Note 1 and "Loans and Allowances for Loan Losses" in Note 5 to the audited consolidated financial statements for further detailed descriptions of our estimation process and methodology related to the allowance for loan losses.

Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO")

        OREO, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu of foreclosure in satisfaction of loans, is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for estimated selling costs. Management also considers other factors, including changes in absorption rates, length of time the property has been on the market and anticipated sales values, which have resulted in adjustments to the collateral value estimates indicated in certain appraisals. At the time of foreclosure or initial possession of collateral, any excess of the loan balance over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is treated as a charge against the allowance for loan losses.

        Subsequent declines in the fair value of OREO below the new cost basis are recorded through valuation adjustments. Significant judgments and complex estimates are required in estimating the fair value of other real estate, and the period of time within which such estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility. In response to market conditions

42


Table of Contents

and other economic factors, management may utilize liquidation sales as part of its problem asset disposition strategy. As a result of the significant judgments required in estimating fair value and the variables involved in different methods of disposition, the net proceeds realized from sales transactions could differ significantly from appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates used to determine the fair value of other real estate. Management reviews the value of other real estate each quarter and adjusts the values as appropriate. Revenue and expenses from OREO operations as well as gains or losses on sales and any subsequent adjustments to the value are recorded as OREO expense and loan related expense, a component of non-interest expense.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the sum of the estimated fair values of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less the estimated fair value of the liabilities assumed. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset's fair value. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit's estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment.

        If required, the second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a business combination, by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. Management has determined that SCBT has one reporting unit.

        Our stock price has historically traded above its book value and tangible book value. During 2010, the lowest trading price for our stock was $27.59, and the stock price closed on December 31, 2010 at $32.75, above book value and tangible book value. In the event our stock were to trade below its book value at any time during the reporting period, we would perform an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill as of the reporting date. Such a circumstance would be one factor in our evaluation that could result in an eventual goodwill impairment charge. We evaluated the carrying value of goodwill as of April 30, 2010, our annual test date, and determined that no impairment charge was necessary. Additionally, should our future earnings and cash flows decline and/or discount rates increase, an impairment charge to goodwill and other intangible assets may be required.

        Core deposit intangibles, included in other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, consist of costs that resulted from the acquisition of deposits from other commercial banks or the estimated fair value of these assets acquired through business combinations. Core deposit intangibles represent the estimated value of long-term deposit relationships acquired in these transactions. These costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the deposit accounts acquired on a method that we believe reasonably approximates the anticipated benefit stream from the accounts. The estimated useful lives are periodically reviewed for reasonableness.

43


Table of Contents

Income Taxes and Deferred Tax Assets

        Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of the transactions reported in our condensed consolidated financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes related to differences between the tax basis and accounting basis of certain assets and liabilities, including available-for-sale securities, allowance for loan losses, accumulated depreciation, net operating loss carry forwards, accretion income, deferred compensation, intangible assets, and pension plan and post-retirement benefits. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. A valuation allowance is recorded in situations where it is "more likely than not" that a deferred tax asset is not realizable. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. We file a consolidated federal income tax return for our subsidiary. At December 31, 2010, we are in a deferred tax liability position which resulted from the acquisition gain recorded in 2010. In addition, we evaluate the need for income tax reserves related to uncertain income tax positions but had no such reserves at December 31, 2010.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment ("OTTI")

        We evaluate securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) the outlook for receiving the contractual cash flows of the investments, (4) the anticipated outlook for changes in the general level of interest rates, and (5) our intent and ability to retain our investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value or for a debt security whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security prior to recovering its fair value. See page 55 "Available-for-sale" for further discussion.

Business Combinations, Method of Accounting for Loans Acquired, and FDIC Indemnification Asset

        We account for acquisitions under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 805, Business Combinations, which requires the use of the acquisition method of accounting. All identifiable assets acquired, including loans, are recorded at fair value. No allowance for loan losses related to the acquired loans is recorded on the acquisition date because the fair value of the loans acquired incorporates assumptions regarding credit risk.

        Acquired credit-impaired loans are accounted for under the accounting guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality, found in FASB ASC Topic 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, formerly American Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA") Statement of Position (SOP) 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer, and initially measured at fair value, which includes estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans. Loans acquired in business combinations with evidence of credit deterioration are considered impaired. Loans acquired through business combinations that do not meet the specific criteria of FASB ASC Topic 310-30, but for which a discount is attributable, at least in part to credit quality, are also accounted for under this guidance.

        In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, the FDIC Indemnification Asset was initially recorded at its fair value, and is measured separately from the loan assets and foreclosed assets because the loss sharing agreements are not contractually embedded in them or transferrable with them in the event of disposal.

44


Table of Contents

        For further discussion of the Company's loan accounting and acquisitions, see Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions to the audited condensed consolidated financial statements and Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses.

Recent Accounting Standards and Pronouncements

        For information relating to recent accounting standards and pronouncements, see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements entitled "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

Results of Operations

        Consolidated net income available to common shareholders increased by $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase reflects the acquisition gain recorded on the CBT acquisition and improved net interest income offset by a higher provision for loan losses and higher noninterest expenses throughout the year. Below are key highlights of our results of operations during 2010:

        The higher provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009 was partially offset by the higher net interest income. The impacts of the CBT acquisition and a decline in the average rate of interest-bearing liabilities of 53 basis points were the main drivers causing net interest income to increase by $18.0 million, or 17.2%, during 2010. The average yield on interest-earning assets declined by 44 basis points; however, the growth in the average balance of interest-earning assets of $498.5 million, or 19.1%, drove total interest income to increase by

45


Table of Contents

$13.6 million, or 9.6%. The higher total interest income resulted from the increase in average interest-earning assets due to the CBT acquisition, partially offset by the decline in the average yield on the loan portfolio during a falling interest rate environment. The average balance of interest-earning liabilities grew by $608.4 million, or 28.0%; however, the 102 basis point decline in the average rate on certificates and other time deposits drove total interest expense to decrease by $4.5 million, or 12.0%. Overall, the higher net interest income was largely a result of the impact of the CBT acquisition and average rates on interest-bearing liabilities declining more quickly than average yields on interest-earning assets.

        In the table below, we have reported our results of operations by quarter for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Table 1—Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

 
  2010 Quarters   2009 Quarters  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Fourth   Third   Second   First   Fourth   Third   Second   First  

Interest income

  $ 39,789   $ 39,249   $ 39,112   $ 37,204   $ 34,473   $ 35,020   $ 35,857   $ 36,448  

Interest expense

    7,974     8,238     7,952     8,573     7,281     8,639     9,838     11,450  
                                   
 

Net interest income

    31,815     31,011     31,160     28,631     27,192     26,381     26,019     24,998  
                                   

Provision for loan losses

    10,667     10,328     12,509     20,778     10,158     6,990     4,521     5,043  

Noninterest income

    13,256     11,830     11,028     101,621     5,763     5,591     7,761     7,131  

Noninterest expense

    33,746     29,932     28,984     32,580     20,624     21,797     21,038     20,187  
                                   
 

Income before income taxes

    658     2,581     695     76,894     2,173     3,185     8,221     6,899  

Income taxes

    99     794     120     27,933     654     1,014     2,836     2,379  
                                   
 

Net income

    559     1,787     575     48,961     1,519     2,171     5,385     4,520  

Preferred stock dividends

                            450     665  

Accretion on preferred stock discount

                            3,410     149  
                                   

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 559   $ 1,787   $ 575   $ 48,961   $ 1,519   $ 2,171   $ 1,525   $ 3,706  
                                   

Earnings Per Common Share

                                                 

Net income available to common shareholders, basic

  $ 0.04   $ 0.14   $ 0.05   $ 3.89   $ 0.12   $ 0.17   $ 0.13   $ 0.33  

Net income available to common shareholders, diluted

    0.04     0.14     0.05     3.86     0.12     0.17     0.13     0.33  

Cash dividends

    0.17     0.17     0.17     0.17     0.17     0.17     0.17     0.17  

Net Interest Income

        Net interest income is the largest component of our net income. Net interest income is the difference between income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is determined by the yields earned on interest-earning assets, rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, the relative balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the degree of mismatch, and the maturity and repricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets represents our net interest margin.

        The Federal Reserve's Federal Open Market Committee's Fed funds remained at a target range of zero to 0.25% for the year ended December 31, 2010. We continued to reduce rates on all of our deposit products in early 2010 in line with the historically low Fed funds target. The reductions in the

46


Table of Contents


rates on interest-bearing liabilities contributed to higher net interest income for 2010 as compared to 2009. The repricing of our certificates of deposits to lower interest rates drove interest expense lower by $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. While the average balance of certificates of deposits grew by $242.8 million due to the acquisition of CBT during 2010, the ending balance increased $266.4 million from the balance at December 31, 2009. Interest expense from other borrowings also declined by $2.4 million in 2010 compared to 2009, due to the repayment of all FHLB advances in the first quarter of 2010 and repayment of subordinated indebtedness of $15.0 million during the fourth quarter of 2010. Offsetting the decrease from certificates of deposits and other borrowings was an increase of $4.3 million in interest expense on the $365.6 million increase in average balances of all other deposit categories. The average rates on interest-bearing liabilities adjusted downward more quickly than the decrease in average yields on interest-earning assets.

        Net interest income highlighted for the year ended December 31, 2010:

        Net interest income highlighted for the year ended December 31, 2009:

47


Table of Contents

        Net interest income highlighted for the year ended December 31, 2008:

48


Table of Contents

Table 2—Volume and Rate Variance Analysis

 
  2010 Compared to 2009
Increase (Decrease) due to
  2009 Compared to 2008
Increase (Decrease) due to
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Volume(1)   Rate(1)   Total   Volume(1)   Rate(1)   Total  

Interest income on:

                                     
 

Loans, net of unearned income(2)

  $ 20,053   $ (8,007 ) $ 12,046   $ 1,794   $ (13,200 ) $ (11,406 )
 

Loans held for sale

    (194 )   (129 )   (323 )   805     (259 )   546  
 

Investment securities:

                                     
   

Taxable

    3,375     (1,891 )   1,484     (1,645 )   (919 )   (2,564 )
   

Tax exempt(3)

    48     (131 )   (83 )   (322 )   (213 )   (535 )
 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and time deposits

    425     7     432     1,811     (2,129 )   (318 )
                           
     

Total interest income

    23,707     (10,151 )   13,556     2,443     (16,720 )   (14,277 )
                           

Interest expense on:

                                     

Deposits

                                     
 

Transaction and money market accounts

    2,470     1,750     4,220     983     (2,838 )   (1,855 )
 

Savings deposits

    191     (86 )   105     120     (1,071 )   (951 )
 

Certificates and other time deposits

    6,242     (12,771 )   (6,529 )   (621 )   (13,486 )   (14,107 )

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    13     114     127     (1,253 )   (3,672 )   (4,925 )

Other borrowings

    (2,725 )   331     (2,394 )   (780 )   (472 )   (1,252 )
                           
   

Total interest expense

    6,191     (10,662 )   (4,471 )   (1,551 )   (21,539 )   (23,090 )
                           
     

Net interest income

  $ 17,516   $ 511   $ 18,027   $ 3,994   $ 4,819   $ 8,813  
                           

(1)
The rate/volume variance for each category has been allocated on an equal basis between rate and volumes.

(2)
Nonaccrual loans are included in the above analysis.

(3)
Tax exempt income is not presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in the above analysis.

49


Table of Contents

Table 3—Yields on Average Interest-Earning Assets and Rates on Average Interest-Bearing Liabilities

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Earned/
Paid
  Average
Yield/
Rate
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Earned/
Paid
  Average
Yield/
Rate
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Earned/
Paid
  Average
Yield/
Rate
 

Assets

                                                       

Interest-earning assets:

                                                       
 

Loans, net of unearned income(1)

  $ 2,594,742   $ 142,303     5.48 % $ 2,248,568   $ 130,257     5.79 % $ 2,220,448   $ 141,663     6.38 %
 

Loans held for sale

    27,197     1,190     4.38 %   31,187     1,513     4.85 %   17,022     967     5.68 %
 

Investment securities:

                                                       
   

Taxable

    250,271     9,985     3.99 %   179,148     8,501     4.75 %   210,436     11,065     5.26 %
   

Tax-exempt

    30,168     853     2.83 %   28,703     936     3.26 %   36,760     1,471     4.00 %
 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and time deposits

    200,126     1,023     0.51 %   116,422     591     0.51 %   38,907     909     2.31 %
                                             
     

Total interest-earning assets

    3,102,504     155,354     5.01 %   2,604,028     141,798     5.45 %   2,523,573     156,075     6.18 %

Noninterest-earning assets:

                                                       
 

Cash and due from banks

    62,249                 44,192                 51,747              
 

FDIC receivable for loss share agreements

    239,397                                              
 

Other real estate owned

    44,967                                              
 

Other assets

    211,442                 198,467                 178,824              
 

Allowance for loan losses

    (42,969 )               (32,761 )               (28,189 )            
                                                   
   

Total noninterest-earning assets

    515,086                 209,898                 202,382              
                                                   
     

Total assets

  $ 3,617,590               $ 2,813,926               $ 2,725,955              
                                                   

Liabilities

                                                       

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                                                       
 

Deposits

                                                       
   

Transaction and money market accounts

  $ 1,047,283   $ 8,395     0.80 % $ 658,030   $ 4,175     0.63 % $ 565,815   $ 6,030     1.07 %
   

Savings deposits

    195,252     860     0.44 %   155,797     755     0.48 %   145,579     1,706     1.17 %
   

Certificates and other time deposits

    1,246,372     19,272     1.55 %   1,003,572     25,801     2.57 %   1,019,434     39,908     3.91 %
 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    214,096     629     0.29 %   208,565     502     0.24 %   271,143     5,427     2.00 %
 

Other borrowings

    81,822     3,581     4.38 %   150,446     5,975     3.97 %   168,645     7,227     4.29 %
                                             
     

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    2,784,825     32,737     1.18 %   2,176,410     37,208     1.71 %   2,170,616     60,298     2.78 %

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                                                       
 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    465,698                 329,782                 315,167              
 

Other liabilities

    31,214                 16,144                 14,688              
                                                   
 

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities

    496,912                 345,926                 329,855              
 

Shareholders' equity

    335,853                 291,590                 225,484              
                                                   
     

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities and shareholders' equity

    832,765                 637,516                 555,339              
                                                   
       

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 3,617,590               $ 2,813,926               $ 2,725,955              
                                                   

Net interest spread

               
3.83

%
             
3.74

%
             
3.41

%

Impact of interest free funds

                0.12 %               0.28 %               0.38 %
                                                   

Net interest margin (non-taxable equivalent)

                3.95 %               4.02 %               3.79 %
                                             
       

Net interest income

        $ 122,617               $ 104,590               $ 95,777        
                                                   

(1)
Nonaccrual loans are included in the above analysis.

50


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income and Expense

        Noninterest income provides us with additional revenues that are significant sources of income. In 2010, 2009, and 2008, noninterest income comprised 52.9%, 20.1%, and 16.6%, respectively, of total net interest and noninterest income. The increase from 2009 resulted primarily from the $98.1 million pre-tax gain recorded for the CBT acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009.

Table 4—Noninterest Income for the Three Years

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Gain on acquisition

  $ 98,081   $   $  

Service charges on deposit accounts

    21,342     15,498     16,117  

Bankcard services income

    8,987     5,043     4,832  

Mortgage banking income, net of commissions

    6,564     6,552     3,455  

Trust and investment services income

    4,251     2,517     2,756  

Securities gains (losses), net

    292     82     (43 )

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

    (1,281 )   (10,494 )   (9,884 )

Portion of impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive loss

    (5,489 )   5,489      
               
 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

    (6,770 )   (5,005 )   (9,884 )

Other

    4,988     1,559     1,816  
               
 

Total noninterest income

  $ 137,735   $ 26,246   $ 19,049  
               

        Excluding the pre-tax gain from the CBT acquisition, noninterest income increased 51.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2009 resulting from the following:

        Noninterest income increased 37.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 2008 resulting from the following:

51


Table of Contents

        Noninterest expense represents the largest expense category for our company. During 2010, we continued to emphasize carefully controlling our noninterest expense.

Table 5—Noninterest Expense for the Three Years

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Salaries and employee benefits

  $ 60,795   $ 40,787   $ 42,554  

Information services expense

    9,144     5,557     4,878  

Net occupancy expense

    8,544     6,392     6,103  

Furniture and equipment expense

    7,530     6,049     6,246  

Merger expense

    5,504         405  

OREO expense and loan related

    5,304     5,641     1,759  

FDIC assessment and other regulatory charges

    5,283     5,449     1,837  

Advertising and marketing

    3,618     2,497     3,870  

Business development and staff related

    3,258     1,947     2,184  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances prepayment fee

    3,189          

Professional fees

    2,046     1,782     2,243  

Amortization of intangibles

    1,650     526     575  

Other

    9,377     7,019     7,142  
               
 

Total noninterest expense

  $ 125,242   $ 83,646   $ 79,796  
               

        Noninterest expense increased 49.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2009 primarily as a result of the following:

52


Table of Contents

        Noninterest expense increased 4.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 2008 primarily as a result of the following:

Income Tax Expense

        Our effective tax rate increased to 35.8% at December 31, 2010, compared to 33.6% at December 31, 2009. The higher effective tax rate in 2010 is attributable to higher pre-tax earnings driven by the acquisition gain recorded on the CBT acquisition.

Investment Securities

        We use investment securities, the second largest category of interest-earning assets, to generate interest income through the employment of excess funds, to provide liquidity, to fund loan demand or deposit liquidation, and to pledge as collateral for public funds deposits and repurchase agreements. The composition of the investment portfolio changed from 2009 primarily as a result of securities acquired through the CBT acquisition, the sale of $44.7 million in government sponsored entities ("GSE") debentures, mortgage-backed securities, and seven of the eight pooled trust preferred securities, and maturing or called securities that were purchased in higher interest rate environments. The average life of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2010 was approximately 4.03 years, compared with 4.97 years at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, investment securities were $237.9 million, or 7.8% of earning assets, compared with $211.1 million, or 8.3% of earning assets, at December 31, 2009. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in the audited consolidated financial statements for our accounting policy on investment securities.

        As securities are purchased, they are designated as held to maturity or available for sale based upon our intent, which incorporates liquidity needs, interest rate expectations, asset/liability

53


Table of Contents


management strategies, and capital requirements. We do not currently hold, nor have we ever held, any securities that are designated as trading securities. The following table presents the reported values reported of investment securities for the past five years as of December 31:

Table 6—Investment Securities for the Five Years

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  

Held-to-maturity (amortized cost):

                               

State and municipal obligations

  $ 19,941   $ 21,538   $ 24,228   $ 21,457   $ 18,112  
                       
 

Total held-to-maturity

    19,941     21,538     24,228     21,457     18,112  
                       

Available-for-sale (fair value):

                               

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

    70,534     36,615     28,672     71,952     67,448  

State and municipal obligations

    40,004     26,805     10,558     10,233      

GSE mortgage-backed securities

    84,440     103,268     133,505     118,205     93,238  

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

    2,034     6,250     10,083     14,246     14,358  

Corporate stocks

    362     365     402     8,744     7,069  
                       
 

Total available-for-sale

    197,374     173,303     183,220     223,380     182,113  
                       
 

Total other investments

    20,597     16,271     14,779     13,472     10,166  
                       

Total investment securities

  $ 237,912   $ 211,112   $ 222,227   $ 258,309   $ 210,391  
                       

        During 2010, total investment securities increased $26.8 million, or 12.7%, from December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily the result of securities acquired through the CBT acquisition, offset by $44.7 million in securities sold and maturing or called securities that were purchased in higher interest rate environments, and in the writedown of some pooled trust preferred securities. The decrease in held-to-maturity ("HTM") securities was the result of called and maturing state and municipal tax-exempt securities during 2010. These are generally longer-maturity bonds that we classified at the time of purchase as HTM. Beginning in the latter portion of 2008, we began to typically classify new purchases of municipal securities as available-for-sale to increase future flexibility to sell some of these securities if conditions warrant. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the total investment securities portfolio (including HTM) was $2.4 million, or 1.00%, above its book value. Comparable valuations at December 31, 2009 reflected a total investment portfolio fair value that was $1.4 million, or 0.64%, lower than book value.

Held-to-maturity

        HTM securities consist solely of some of our tax-exempt state and municipal securities. The following are highlights:

        The average life of the held to maturity portfolio was 10.3 years and 10.7 years at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

54


Table of Contents

Available-for-sale

        Securities available for sale consist mainly of government-sponsored enterprises, state and municipal bonds, and mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2010, investment securities with an amortized cost of $195.2 million and fair value of $197.4 million were classified as available for sale. The positive adjustment of $2.1 million between the carrying value of these securities and their amortized cost has been reflected, net of tax, in the consolidated balance sheet as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. The following are highlights:

        At December 31, 2010, we had 56 securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position, which totaled $1.2 million. During 2010, the credit and capital markets continued to experience very high levels of turmoil globally. These situations largely reflect an ongoing decrease in liquidity in the capital markets and substantial volatility of spreads (over the U.S. Treasury yield curve) that many market segments experienced during the period. The unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010 includes $290,000 attributable to one pooled senior-tranche trust preferred security. This security is collateralized by subordinated debt issued by other financial institutions diversified across the United States. In evaluating whether or not this security is other-than-temporarily impaired, we have considered the financial health of these institutions, and the priority ranking of our ownership interest in the expected cash flows, and determined it was not in an other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") position. In 2010, we recorded $6.6 million in OTTI on seven mezzanine tranche pooled trust preferred securities. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we elected to sell these mezzanine tranche securities at an additional realized loss of $1.3 million. During 2009, we recorded $4.9 million in credit related OTTI on these mezzanine tranche pooled trust preferred securities. See Note 4—Investment Securities for additional information.

        The market for originating new pooled trust preferred securities, as well as the secondary market for such existing securities, continued to be extremely illiquid in 2010. Accordingly, we used a pricing model as the most appropriate method for valuing these securities. The pricing model uses observable market data and unobservable market inputs. Therefore, these valuations are considered Level 3 valuations under the three-tier value hierarchy. See "Note 4—Investment Securities" to the audited consolidated financial statements for information pertaining to our securities available for sale with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2010 and 2009, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position and see "Note 26—Fair Value" for information pertaining to fair value methodologies.

        Investment securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2010 continue to perform as scheduled. We have the intent to hold all securities within the portfolio until their maturity or until their value recovers and it is more-likely-than-not that we will be not required to sell the debt securities. Therefore, we do not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010. We continue to monitor all of these securities with a high degree of scrutiny.

55


Table of Contents


There can be no assurance that we will not conclude in future periods that conditions existing at that time indicate some or all of these securities are other than temporarily impaired, which would require a charge to earnings in such periods. Any charges for other-than-temporary impairment related to securities available for sale would not impact cash flow, tangible capital or liquidity.

        While securities classified as available for sale may be sold from time to time to meet liquidity or other needs, it is not our normal practice to trade this segment of the investment securities portfolio. While we generally hold these assets on a long-term basis or until maturity, any short-term investments or securities available for sale could be sold at an earlier point, depending partly on changes in interest rates and alternative investment opportunities.

Other Investments

        Other investment securities include primarily our investments in Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta ("FHLB") stock, each with no readily determinable market value. The amortized cost and fair value of all these securities are equal at year end. As of December 31, 2010, the investment in FHLB stock represented approximately $13.3 million, or 0.4% of total assets. The following factors have been evaluated and considered in determining the carrying amount of the FHLB stock:

        For the reasons above, we have concluded that our holdings of FHLB stock are not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2010 and ultimate recoverability of the par value of this investment is probable.

56


Table of Contents

Table 7—Maturity Distribution and Yields of Investment Securities

 
  Due In
1 Year or Less
  Due After
1 Thru 5 Years
  Due After
5 Thru 10 Years
  Due After
10 Years
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Total    
   
 
 
  Par
Value
  Fair
Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield  

Held-to-maturity

                                                                         

State and municipal obligations(2)

  $ 340     8.15 % $ 260     6.53 % $ 5,119     6.10 % $ 14,222     5.97 % $ 19,941     6.05 % $ 19,965   $ 20,150  
                                                   
 

Total held-to-maturity

    340     8.15 %   260     6.53 %   5,119     6.10 %   14,222     5.97 %   19,941     6.05 %   19,965     20,150  
                                                   

Available-for-sale

                                                                         

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

        0.00 %   5,097     3.01 %   15,730     1.89 %   49,707     2.65 %   70,534     2.51 %   69,265     70,534  

State and municipal obligations(2)

    250     3.84 %   744     8.03 %   6,201     5.88 %   32,809     6.16 %   40,004     6.14 %   39,720     40,004  

Mortgage-backed securities

    1     5.49 %   84     4.21 %   20,671     2.97 %   63,684     3.70 %   84,440     3.52 %   81,692     84,440  

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

        0.00 %       0.00 %       0.00 %   2,034     7.50 %   2,034     7.50 %   2,242     2,034  

Corporate stocks(1)

        0.00 %       0.00 %       0.00 %   362     2.79 %   362     2.79 %   362     362  
                                                   
 

Total available-for-sale

    251     3.85 %   5,925     3.65 %   42,602     2.99 %   148,596     3.94 %   197,374     3.73 %   193,281     197,374  
                                                   
 

Total other investments(1)

        0.00 %       0.00 %       0.00 %   20,597     2.27 %   20,597     2.27 %   20,597     20,597  
                                                   

Total investment securities

  $ 591     6.32 % $ 6,185     5.14 % $ 47,721     4.54 % $ 183,415     3.53 % $ 237,912     3.80 % $ 233,843   $ 238,121  
                                                   

Percent of total

    0 %         3 %         20 %         77 %                              

Cumulative percent of total

    0 %         3 %         23 %         100 %                              

(1)
Federal Reserve Bank and other corporate stocks have no set maturity date and are classified in "Due after 10 Years."

(2)
Yields on tax-exempt income have been presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in the above table.

Loan Portfolio

        Our loan portfolio remains our largest category of interest-earning assets. The addition of $321.0 million in loans covered under loss share agreements in the CBT acquisition along with a 10.0% increase in consumer real estate loans and a 20.5% increase in commercial owner occupied real estate loans contributed to overall loan growth for the year ended December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, total loans had grown to $2.6 billion, an increase of $414.0 million, or 18.8%, compared to $2.2 billion at the end of 2009. Average loans outstanding during 2010 were $2.6 billion, an increase of $346.2 million, or 15.4%, over the 2009 average of $2.2 billion. (For further discussion of the Company's acquired loan accounting, see Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions and Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses to the consolidated financial statements.)

        The following table presents a summary of the non-acquired loan portfolio by category:

Table 8—Distribution of Non-Acquired Loans by Type

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  

Real estate:

                               
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

  $ 728,422   $ 770,934   $ 866,430   $ 805,267   $ 680,972  
 

Consumer(1)

    586,631     533,123     515,546     436,767     392,650  

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    565,155     469,101     423,345     308,864     219,466  

Commercial and industrial

    202,987     214,174     251,929     257,170     198,044  

Other income producing property

    124,431     137,736     141,516     123,659     115,189  

Consumer

    67,768     68,770     95,098     118,756     131,202  

Other loans

    20,806     9,400     22,212     32,564     23,307  
                       
 

Total non-acquired loans

  $ 2,296,200   $ 2,203,238   $ 2,316,076   $ 2,083,047   $ 1,760,830  
                       

(1)
Includes owner occupied real estate.

57


Table of Contents

        The following table presents the loans covered under loss share agreements by each loan pool for the year ended December 31:

Table 9—Distribution of Loans Covered Under Loss Share Agreements by Type

(Dollars in thousands)
  2010  

Commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million

  $ 84,288  

Commercial real estate

    66,628  

Commercial real estate—construction and development

    32,312  

Residential real estate

    87,545  

Residential real estate—junior lien

    3,673  

Home equity

    1,519  

Consumer

    10,915  

Commercial and industrial

    24,742  

Single pay

    9,416  
       
 

Total loans covered under loss share agreements

  $ 321,038  
       

        The Company did not have any loans covered under loss share agreements with the FDIC for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006.

        Real estate mortgage loans continue to comprise the largest segment of our loan portfolio. All commercial and residential loans secured by real estate are included in this category. As of December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009:

        Loan interest income, including fees, was $143.5 million in 2010, an increase of $11.7 million, or 8.9% , over 2009 income of $131.8 million. The increase was the result of the 15.4% growth in the average balance of the loan portfolio from the CBT acquisition and organic growth, offset by an average loan portfolio yield in 2010 of 5.48% which was 31 basis points lower than the 5.79% loan yield in 2009. Interest and fee income for 2009 was 7.6% below the 2008 income of $142.6 million. The average loan yield in 2009 was 59 basis points lower than the 2008 yield of 6.38%.

        Non-acquired loans secured by commercial real estate are comprised of $422.4 million in construction and land development loans and $306.0 million in commercial non-owner occupied loans at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2009, we had $467.3 million in construction and land development loans and $303.6 million in commercial non-owner occupied loans. Construction and land development loans are more susceptible to a risk of loss during the current downturn in the business cycle.

        Non-acquired loans secured by consumer real estate comprise of $322.6 million in consumer owner occupied loans and $264.0 million in home equity loans at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2009, we had $284.5 million in consumer owner occupied loans and $248.6 million in home equity loans.

58


Table of Contents

        The table below shows the contractual maturity of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2010.

Table 10—Maturity Distribution of Loans

December 31, 2010
(Dollars in thousands)

  Total   1 Year
or Less
  Maturity
1 to 5 Years
  Over
5 Years
 

Real estate:

                         
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

  $ 728,422   $ 256,220   $ 387,515   $ 84,687  
 

Consumer

    586,631     50,364     159,966     376,301  

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    565,155     91,681     324,238     149,236  

Commercial and industrial

    202,987     84,012     96,412     22,563  

Other income producing property

    124,431     38,073     75,342     11,016  

Consumer

    67,768     10,681     51,285     5,802  

Other loans

    20,806     4,859     10,008     5,939  

Loans covered under loss share agreements

    321,038     228,189     61,956     30,893  
                   
 

Total loans

  $ 2,617,238   $ 764,079   $ 1,166,722   $ 686,437  
                   

        At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had a balance for loans due after one year of $339.8 million and $344.2 million, respectively, with fixed interest rates and $132.4 million and $129.1 million, respectively, with adjustable interest rates in the commercial non-owner occupied real estate loan category. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had a balance for loans due after one year of $432.4 million and $357.8 million, respectively, with fixed interest rates and $41.0 million and $34.8 million, respectively, with adjustable interest rates in the commercial owner occupied real estate loan category. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had a balance for loans due after one year of $107.5 million and $81.5 million, respectively, with fixed interest rates and $11.4 million and $19.2 million, respectively, with adjustable interest rates in the commercial and industrial loan category.

Nonaccrual Loans

        The placement of non-acquired loans on nonaccrual status can be dependent upon the type of loan, the past due status and the collection activities in progress. Non-real estate secured loans and commercial loans are typically moved to nonaccrual status at 90 days past due. Loans well secured and in the process of collection are allowed to remain on an accrual basis until they become 120 days past due. Unsecured loans are generally charged off at 120 days past due. Generally, commercial and real estate loans that are fully or partially secured are written down to the collateral value and placed on nonaccrual status after becoming 90 to 120 days past due. Consumer loans can be placed on nonaccrual status, but normally they are not moved into nonaccrual status before charge off occurs. Closed end consumer loans are charged off or written down to the collateral value on or before becoming 120 days past due. Open end consumer loans secured by real estate are charged off or written down to the collateral value on or before becoming 180 days past due.

Troubled Debt Restructurings ("TDRs")

        SCBT designates loan modifications as TDRs when, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties, it grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider (ASC Topic 310.40). Loans on nonaccrual status at the date of modification are initially classified as nonaccrual TDRs. Loans on accruing status at the date of concession are initially classified as accruing TDRs if the note is reasonably assured of repayment and performance is expected in accordance with its modified terms. Such loans may be designated as nonaccrual loans subsequent to the concession date if reasonable doubt exists as to the collection of interest or principal under the restructuring agreement. TDRs are returned to accruing status when there is economic substance to the restructuring, there is documented credit evaluation of the borrower's financial condition, the remaining balance is reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with its modified terms, and the borrower has demonstrated sustained repayment performance in accordance with the modified terms for a

59


Table of Contents


reasonable period of time (generally a minimum of six months). At December 31, 2010 and 2009, total TDRs were $9.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively, of which $3.3 million were accruing restructured loans at December 31, 2010. The TDRs at December 31, 2009 were nonaccruing. SCBT does not have significant commitments to lend additional funds to these borrowers whose loans have been modified.

        The level of risk elements in the loan portfolio, OREO and other nonperforming assets for the past five years is shown below:

Table 11—Nonperforming Assets

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  

Nonaccrual loans(1)

  $ 62,661   $ 47,444   $ 14,624   $ 5,353   $ 3,567  

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

    118     241     293     985     1,039  

Nonaccrual restructured loans

    6,365     2,048              
                       
 

Total nonperforming loans

    69,144     49,733     14,917     6,338     4,606  

Other real estate owned ("OREO")(2)

    17,264     3,102     6,126     490     597  

Other nonperforming assets(3)

    50     31     84     82      
                       
 

Total nonperforming assets excluding covered assets

    86,458     52,866     21,127     6,910     5,203  

Covered OREO

    69,317                  

Other covered nonperfoming assets

    19                  
                       
 

Total nonperforming assets

  $ 155,794   $ 52,866   $ 21,127   $ 6,910   $ 5,203  
                       

Excluding covered assets:

                               

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and repossessed assets(4)

    3.74 %   2.40 %   0.91 %   0.33 %   0.30 %
                       

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets

    2.41 %   1.96 %   0.76 %   0.27 %   0.24 %
                       

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of period end loans(4)

    3.01 %   2.26 %   0.64 %   0.30 %   0.27 %
                       

Including covered assets:

                               

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and repossessed assets(4)

    5.76 %   2.40 %   0.91 %   0.33 %   0.30 %
                       

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets

    4.33 %   1.96 %   0.76 %   0.27 %   0.00 %
                       

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of period end loans(4)

    2.64 %   2.26 %   0.64 %   0.30 %   0.00 %
                       

(1)
Loans covered under loss share agreements that were acquired in the CBT acquisition are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method under FASB ASC Topic 310-30. (For further discussion of the Company's application of the accretion method, see Business Combinations, Method of Accounting for Loans Acquired, and FDIC Indemnification Asset under Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the audited condensed consolidated financial statements.) Excludes the loans covered under loss agreements that are contractually past due totaling $93.6 million as of December 31, 2010, including the valuation discount.

(2)
Includes certain real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure and property not intended for bank use.

(3)
Consist of non-real estate foreclosed assets, such as repossessed vehicles.

(4)
Loan data excludes mortgage loans held for sale.

60


Table of Contents

        Excluding the loans covered by loss share agreements, total nonperforming loans were $69.1 million, or 3.01% of total loans, an increase of $19.4 million, or 39.0%, from December 31, 2009. The increase in nonaccrual loans was driven by an increase in commercial nonaccrual loans of $15.6 million and an increase in consumer nonaccrual loans of $4.0 million.

        Nonperforming non-acquired loans and restructured loans decreased by approximately $1.6 million during the fourth quarter of 2010 from the level at September 30, 2010. This was the result of loans moving into OREO through the foreclosure process, while the pace of loans moving to nonaccrual status slowed. The top 10 nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2010 consist of seven loans located along the coast of South Carolina and three located in the Charlotte MSA, and total $23.9 million. These loans comprise 34.6% of total nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2010 and are all real estate collateral dependent. The Company currently holds specific reserves of $2.0 million on five of these ten loans. Nine of the loans have appraisals from 2010 and one from 2009.

        At December 31, 2010, OREO not covered by loss share agreements increased by $14.2 million from December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, non-covered OREO consisted of 70 properties with an average value of $247,000, an increase of $123,000 from December 31, 2009, when we had 25 properties. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we added 28 properties with an aggregate value of $6.2 million into non-covered OREO, and we sold 19 properties with a basis of $2.5 million in that same quarter. We recorded a net loss of $156,000 for the quarter. Our non-covered OREO balance of $17.3 million, at December 31, 2010, is comprised of 14% in the Low Country region, 28% in the Georgetown/Myrtle Beach region, 14% in the Beaufort (Hilton Head) region, 18% in the Charlotte region and 14% in the Upstate (Greenville) region.

        Overall, we continue to believe that the loan portfolio remains manageable in terms of charge-offs and NPAs as a percentage of total loans. Given the industry-wide rise in credit costs, we have taken additional proactive measures to identify problem loans including in-house and independent review of larger transactions. Our policy for evaluating problem loans and OREO values includes obtaining new certified real estate appraisals as needed. We continue to monitor and review frequently the overall asset quality within the loan portfolio.

        Our general policy is to update valuations annually. OREO valuations include appraisals, broker opinions, previous offers received on the property, market conditions and the number of days the property has been on the market. In a market of declining property values, which we have experienced during 2010 and 2009, we may reduce an appraisal by an additional factor due to our knowledge and experience in the market. (See Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO") under Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates in Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion on the Company's OREO policies.)

Potential Problem Loans—Non-acquired

        Potential problem loans, which are not included in nonperforming loans, amounted to approximately $19.6 million, or 0.85% of total loans non-acquired outstanding at December 31, 2010, compared to $26.4 million, or 1.20% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2009, and $18.0 million or 0.80% of total non-acquired loans outstanding at September 30, 2010. Potential problem loans represent those loans with a well-defined weakness and where information about possible credit problems of borrowers has caused management to have serious doubts about the borrower's ability to comply with present repayment terms.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        On December 13, 2006, the OCC, Federal Reserve, FDIC, and other regulatory agencies collectively revised the banking agencies' 1993 policy statement on the allowance for loan and lease

61


Table of Contents


losses to ensure consistency with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and more recent supervisory guidance. Our loan loss policy adheres to the interagency guidance.

        The allowance for loan losses is based upon estimates made by management. We maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level that we believe is appropriate to cover estimated credit losses on individually evaluated loans that are determined to be impaired as well as estimated credit losses inherent in the remainder of our loan portfolio. Arriving at the allowance involves a high degree of management judgment and results in a range of estimated losses. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of the allowance through our internal risk rating system, outside credit review, and regulatory agency examinations to assess the quality of the loan portfolio and identify problem loans. The evaluation process also includes our analysis of current economic conditions, composition of the loan portfolio, past due and nonaccrual loans, concentrations of credit, lending policies and procedures, and historical loan loss experience. The provision for loan losses is charged to expense in an amount necessary to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level.

        The allowance consists of general and specific reserves. The general reserves are determined by applying loss percentages to the portfolio that are based on historical loss experience and management's evaluation and "risk grading" of the loan portfolio. Additionally, the general economic and business conditions affecting key lending areas, credit quality trends, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, the findings of internal and external credit reviews and results from external bank regulatory examinations are included in this evaluation. The specific reserves are determined on a loan-by-loan basis based on management's evaluation of our exposure for each credit, given the current payment status of the loan and the value of any underlying collateral. These are loans classified by management as either doubtful, substandard or special mention. For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. Generally, the need for a specific reserve is evaluated on impaired loans greater than $250,000 of all non-homogenous commercial loans. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the calculation of the general reserves.

        In determining the acquisition date fair value of purchased loans, and in subsequent accounting, SCBT generally aggregates purchased loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics. Expected cash flows at the acquisition date in excess of the fair value of loans are recorded as interest income over the life of the loans using a level yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows of the pool is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the acquisition date, increases in cash flows over those expected at the acquisition date are recognized as interest income prospectively. Decreases in expected cash flows after the acquisition date are recognized by recording an allowance for loan losses. Evidence of credit quality deterioration for the loan pools may include information such as increased past-due and nonaccrual levels and migration in the pools to lower loan grades. Offsetting the impact of the provision established for the loan, the receivable from the FDIC is adjusted to reflect the indemnified portion of the post-acquisition exposure with a corresponding credit to the provision for loan losses. (For further discussion of the Company's allowance for loan losses on acquired loans, see Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions and Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses to the consolidated financial statements.)

62


Table of Contents

Table 12—Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

 
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amount   %*   Amount   %*   Amount   %*   Amount   %*   Amount   %*  

Real estate:

                                                             
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

  $ 20,670     43.5 % $ 14,961     39.9 % $ 11,960     37.4 % $ 10,442     38.7 % $ 8,886     38.7 %
 

Consumer owner occupied

    10,484     22.1 %   8,386     22.4 %   6,909     22.2 %   5,527     21.0 %   5,010     22.3 %

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    7,814     16.4 %   5,978     15.9 %   4,865     18.3 %   3,268     14.8 %   2,267     12.5 %

Commercial and industrial

    4,313     9.1 %   4,330     11.6 %   3,936     10.9 %   3,587     12.3 %   2,811     11.2 %

Other income producing property

    2,834     6.0 %   2,375     6.3 %   1,890     6.1 %   1,568     5.9 %   1,428     6.5 %

Consumer

    1,191     2.5 %   1,258     3.4 %   1,511     4.1 %   1,594     5.7 %   1,768     7.5 %

Other loans

    206     0.4 %   200     0.4 %   454     1.0 %   584     1.6 %   498     1.3 %
                                                     
 

Total loans

  $ 47,512     100.0 % $ 37,488     100.0 % $ 31,525     100.0 % $ 26,570     100.0 % $ 22,668     100.0 %
                                                     

*
Loan balance in each category, expressed as a percentage of total non-acquired loans

63


Table of Contents

        The OCC recommends that banks take a broad view of certain factors in evaluating their allowance for loan losses. These factors include loan loss experience, specific allocations and other subjective factors. In our ongoing consideration of such factors, we consider our allowance for loan losses to be adequate. The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses on non-acquired loans for the five years at December 31:

Table 13—Summary of Loan Loss Experience

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  

Allowance for loan losses at January 1

  $ 37,488   $ 31,525   $ 26,570   $ 22,668   $ 20,025  

Charge-offs:

                               
 

Real estate:

                               
   

Commercial non-owner occupied

    (22,161 )   (12,736 )   (1,532 )   (446 )   (798 )
   

Consumer

    (9,775 )   (3,340 )   (1,263 )   (374 )   (170 )
 

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    (2,625 )   (571 )   (61 )       (43 )
 

Commercial and industrial

    (9,138 )   (2,528 )   (1,449 )   (682 )   (454 )
 

Other income producing property

    (338 )   (867 )   (185 )   (84 )   (418 )
 

Consumer*

    (2,780 )   (2,005 )   (2,263 )   (1,738 )   (1,553 )
 

Other loans

        (3 )   (1 )   (1 )   (2 )
                       
   

Total charge-offs

    (46,817 )   (22,050 )   (6,754 )   (3,325 )   (3,438 )
                       

Recoveries:

                               
 

Real estate:

                               
   

Commercial non-owner occupied

    814     381     103     99     54  
   

Consumer

    194     38     94     28     31  
 

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    126     4     11         6  
 

Commercial and industrial

    713     192     140     254     199  
 

Other income producing property

    6     3     4     22     60  
 

Consumer*

    706     681     620     605     463  
 

Other loans

        2     1          
                       
   

Total recoveries

    2,559     1,301     973     1,008     813  
                       

Net charge-offs

    (44,258 )   (20,749 )   (5,781 )   (2,317 )   (2,625 )
                       

Provision for loan losses

    54,282     26,712     10,736     4,384     5,268  

Allowance from acquisition

                1,835      
                       

Allowance for loan losses at December 31

  $ 47,512   $ 37,488   $ 31,525   $ 26,570   $ 22,668  
                       

Average non-acquired loans, net of unearned income**

  $ 2,224,397   $ 2,248,568   $ 2,220,448   $ 1,823,196   $ 1,646,906  

Ratio of net charge-offs to average non-acquired loans, net of unearned income*

    1.99 %   0.92 %   0.26 %   0.13 %   0.16 %

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total non-acquired loans

    2.07 %   1.70 %   1.36 %   1.28 %   1.29 %

*
Net charge-offs at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006 include automated overdraft protection ("AOP") principal net charge-offs of $610,000, $572,000, $559,000, $760,000, and $729,000, respectively, that are included in the consumer classification above.

**
Average loans, net of unearned income does not include loans held for sale.

64


Table of Contents

        The higher provision in 2010 reflects higher net charge-offs than in 2009. The following provides highlights for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

        The provision for loan losses as a percent of average loans reflects an increase due to the increase in our nonperforming assets and an increase in net charge-offs during 2010 compared to 2009. Net charge-offs increased substantially in all categories during 2010 compared to 2009, except in other income producing property. Of the total net charge-offs during 2010, 48%, or $21.3 million, were in commercial non-owner occupied real estate lending which includes construction and land development loans, 22%, or $9.6 million, were in consumer real estate loans which include home equity loans, 19%, or $8.4 million, were in commercial and industrial loans, 6%, or $2.5 million, were in commercial owner occupied real estate, and 5%, or $2.1 million, were in consumer loans which includes overdraft and NSF loans. During 2010, one large holding company loan was partially charged off in the amount of $6.4 million. This compares to 2009 when the amount of charge offs in all categories were less than 2010, except for the other income producing property where charge-offs declined by approximately $532,000. We continue to aggressively charge off loans resulting from the decline in the appraised value of the underlying collateral (real estate) and the overall concern that borrowers will be unable to meet the contractual payments of principal and interest. Additionally, there continues to be concern about the economy as a whole and the market conditions throughout the Southeast during 2011. Excluding covered assets, nonperforming loans declined by $1.6 million during the fourth quarter compared to the third quarter of 2010. The ratio of the ALLL to cover these loans decreased from 75% at December 31, 2009 to 69% at December 31, 2010.

        We increased the ALLL for the fourth quarter of 2010 compared to the fourth quarter of 2009 due to the increase in risk within the overall loan portfolio. On a general basis, we consider three-year historical loss rates on all loan portfolios, except residential lot loans where two-year historical loss rates are applied. We also consider economic risk, model risk and operational risk when determining the ALLL. All of these factors are reviewed and adjusted each reporting period to account for management's assessment of loss within the loan portfolio.

        The historical loss rates on an overall basis increased from December 31, 2009 due to the increase in net charge-offs throughout the year when compared to the removal of much lower historical loss rates in our rolling averages. This resulted in an increase of 50 basis points in the ALLL. Compared to the third quarter of 2010, the increase was 10 basis points.

        Economic risk increased by 2 basis points during the fourth quarter of 2010 as compared to 2009 due to a rise in unemployment and rise in foreclosures. Compared to the third quarter of 2010, we noted no significant economic trends that necessitated a change in our economic risk factors.

        Model risk declined 1 basis point compared to the fourth quarter of 2009, and was the same as the third quarter of 2010. This risk comes from the fact that our ALLL model is not all-inclusive. Risk inherent with new products, new markets, and timeliness of information are examples of this type of

65


Table of Contents


exposure. Management has reduced this factor since our model has been used for approximately three years, and we believe more adequately addresses this inherent risk in our loan portfolio.

        Operational risk consists of the underwriting, documentation, closing and servicing associated with any loan. This risk is managed through policies and procedures, portfolio management reports, best practices and the approval process. The risk factors evaluated include the following: exposure outside our deposit footprint, changes in underwriting standards, levels of past due loans, loan growth, supervisory loan to value exceptions, results of external loan reviews, our centralized loan documentation process and significant loan concentrations. We believe that the overall operational risk has declined by 14 basis points during the fourth quarter of 2010 compared to the fourth quarter of 2009, due primarily to the termination of the loan participations, decrease in the overall level of past due loans, reduced exposure outside of the depository footprint, lower exposure to certain loan concentrations and supervisory loan to value exceptions given the increase in capital in 2010.

        On a specific reserve basis, the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010 increased by approximately $95,000 from December 31, 2009. The loan balances being evaluated for specific reserves during the year grew from $34.7 million to $50.6 million at December 31, 2010. Our practice, generally, is that once a specific reserve is established for a loan, a charge off of that amount occurs in the quarter subsequent to the establishment of the specific reserve.

        In terms of the conditions and how the allowance has changed since December 31, 2009, we continue to build the allowance for loan losses by increasing the provision for loan losses due to the continued higher level of net charge offs, the continued high unemployment rates, weakened real estate markets, and overall recessionary pressures within our markets. Offsetting these increases are declines in the overall past due level, reduced supervisory loan to value exceptions and reduced loan concentrations.

Liquidity

        Liquidity refers to our ability to generate sufficient cash to meet our financial obligations, which arise primarily from the withdrawal of deposits, extension of credit and payment of operating expenses. Our Asset Liability Management Committee ("ALCO") is charged with the responsibility of monitoring policies that are designed to ensure acceptable composition of our asset/liability mix. Two critical areas of focus for ALCO are interest rate sensitivity and liquidity risk management. We have employed our funds in a manner to provide liquidity from both assets and liabilities sufficient to meet our cash needs.

        Asset liquidity is maintained by the maturity structure of loans, investment securities and other short-term investments. Management has policies and procedures governing the length of time to maturity on loans and investments. As reported in Table 7, less than one percent of the investment portfolio contractually matures in one year or less, but an additional amount of securities could also be called or prepaid in this time horizon. This segment of the portfolio consists largely of municipal obligations. Normally, changes in the earning asset mix are of a longer-term nature and are not utilized for day-to-day corporate liquidity needs.

        Our liabilities provide liquidity on a day-to-day basis. Daily liquidity needs are met from deposit levels or from our use of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings. We engage in routine activities to retain deposits intended to enhance our liquidity position. These routine activities include various measures, such as the following:

66


Table of Contents

        On January 29, 2010, we acquired CBT in an FDIC-assisted deal which provided approximately $312.2 million in cash and cash equivalents at January 29, 2010. Deposits in the amount of $1.0 billion were also assumed. Of this amount, $96.0 million were in the form of highly liquid transaction accounts. Certificates of deposit and interest-bearing deposits comprised $912.5 million of total deposits, or 90.5%. In accordance with the P&A Agreement and the desire to lower our cost of funds, we decided to lower rates on all time deposits for depositors who had no other relationship with us other than their time deposit products. As anticipated, we experienced approximately $200 million in run-off of time deposit account balances between the acquisition date and December 31, 2010. Our liquidity position could continue to be affected by potential run-off of deposits in these northeast Georgia markets.

        The FDIC-assisted acquisition of CBT was the largest contributing factor in the increase in our liquidity position at December 31, 2010 from our position at December 31, 2009. On January 29, 2010, we acquired $80.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, excluding cash paid by the FDIC to consummate the acquisition, as well as $105.6 million of investment securities. Total cash received and due from the FDIC was $231.6 million which included $73.6 million paid to our Bank to compensate for the liabilities assumed in excess of assets acquired and the $158.0 million asset discount bid. We received $225.7 million in cash from the FDIC on February 1, 2010. During 2010, we received $71.4 in payments from the FDIC for loss share agreements which also contributed to our increased liquidity position at December 31, 2010.

        Total cash and cash equivalents was $237.1 million at December 31, 2010 as compared to $104.9 million at December 31, 2009.

        At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had no brokered deposits. Total deposits increased 42.7% to $3.0 billion resulting mainly from the CBT acquisition; however, excluding CBT, total deposits increased $160.6 million, or 7.6%. Excluding CBT, we increased our noninterest-bearing deposit balance by $54.9 million, or 15.9%, at December 31, 2010 as compared to the balance at December 31, 2009. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased $28.5 million, or 17.5%, from the balance at December 30, 2009. Other borrowings declined by $96.6 million, or 67.3%, from December 31, 2009 due to the repayment of all FHLB borrowings and subordinated indebtedness. During the first quarter of 2010, we repaid the FHLB $166.0 million which included FHLB advances assumed in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of CBT and the prepayment fee. To the extent that we employ other types of non-deposit funding sources, typically to accommodate retail and correspondent customers, we continue to emphasize shorter maturities of such funds. Our approach may provide an opportunity to sustain a low funding rate or possibly lower our cost of funds but could also increase our cost of funds if interest rates rise.

        Our ongoing philosophy is to remain in a liquid position as reflected by such indicators as the composition of our earning assets, typically including some level of federal funds sold, balances at the Federal Reserve Bank, reverse repurchase agreements, and/or other short-term investments; asset quality; well-capitalized position; and profitable operating results. Cyclical and other economic trends and conditions can disrupt our bank's desired liquidity position at any time. We expect that these conditions would generally be of a short-term nature. Under such circumstances, our bank's federal funds sold position, or balances at the Federal Reserve Bank, if any, serves as the primary source of immediate liquidity. At December 31, 2010, our bank had total federal funds credit lines of $238.0 million with no outstanding advances. If additional liquidity were needed, the bank would turn to short-term borrowings as an alternative immediate funding source and would consider other appropriate actions such as promotions to increase core deposits or the sale of a portion of our investment portfolio. At December 31, 2010, our bank had $42.7 million of credit available at the

67


Table of Contents


Federal Reserve Bank's discount window, but had no outstanding advances as of the end of 2010. In addition, we could draw on additional alternative immediate funding sources from lines of credit extended to us from our correspondent banks and/or the Federal Home Loan Bank. At December 31, 2010, our bank had a total FHLB credit facility of $201.0 million with no outstanding advances and outstanding uses of FHLB letters of credit to secure certain public funds deposits of $101.2 million. We believe that our liquidity position continues to be adequate and readily available.

        Our contingency funding plan describes several potential stages based on liquidity levels. Our board of directors reviews liquidity benchmarks quarterly. Also, we review on at least an annual basis our liquidity position and our contingency funding plans with our principal banking regulator. Our subsidiary bank maintains various wholesale sources of funding. If our deposit retention efforts were to be unsuccessful, our bank would utilize these alternative sources of funding. Under such circumstances, depending on the external source of funds, our interest cost would vary based on the range of interest rates charged to our bank. This could increase our bank's cost of funds, impacting net interest margins and net interest spreads.

Derivatives and Securities Held for Trading

        The SEC has adopted rules that require comprehensive disclosure of accounting policies for derivatives as well as enhanced quantitative and qualitative disclosures of market risk for derivatives and other financial instruments. The market risk disclosures are classified into two categories: financial instruments entered into for trading purposes and all other instruments (non-trading purposes). We do not maintain a derivatives or securities trading portfolio.

Asset-Liability Management and Market Risk Sensitivity

        Our earnings and the economic value of our shareholders' equity may vary in relation to changes in interest rates and in relation to the accompanying fluctuations in market prices of certain of our financial instruments. We use a number of methods to measure interest rate risk, including simulating the effect on earnings of fluctuations in interest rates, monitoring the present value of asset and liability portfolios under various interest rate scenarios, and, to a lesser extent, monitoring the difference, or gap, between rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The earnings simulation models take into account our contractual agreements with regard to investments, loans, deposits, borrowings, and derivatives. While the simulation models are subject to the accuracy of the assumptions that underlie the process, we believe that such modeling provides a better illustration of the interest sensitivity of earnings than does static interest rate sensitivity gap analysis. The simulation models assist in measuring and achieving growth in net interest income by providing the Asset-Liability Management Committee ("ALCO") a reasonable basis for quantifying and managing interest rate risk. Various simulations incorporate interest rate changes as well as projected changes in the mix and volume of balance sheet assets and liabilities. Accordingly, the simulations are considered to provide a measurement of the degree of earnings risk we have, or may incur in future periods, arising from interest rate changes or other market risk factors.

        During 2009, we entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement to manage interest rate risk due to periodic rate resets in our junior subordinated debt issued by SCBT Capital Trust II, an unconsolidated subsidiary of SCBT established for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The agreement hedges the subordinated debt against future interest rate increases by using an interest rate swap to effectively fix the rate to 5.85% on the debt beginning June 15, 2010, at which time the debt contractually converted from a fixed interest rate to a variable interest rate. This hedge expires on June 15, 2019.

        Our primary policy, established by ALCO and the board of directors, is to monitor exposure to interest rate increases and decreases of as much as 200 basis points ratably over a 12-month period.

68


Table of Contents


Our policy guideline prescribes 8% as the maximum negative impact on net interest income associated with a steady ("ramping") change in interest rates of 200 basis points over 12 months. This most-relied-upon simulation also uses a dynamic balance sheet that forecasts growth, not a static or frozen balance sheet. We traditionally have maintained a risk position well within the policy guideline level. As of December 31, 2010, the earnings simulations indicated that the impact of a 200 basis point increase in rates over 12 months would result in an approximate 1.6% increase in net interest income—as compared with a base case unchanged interest rate environment. Certain key rates in the simulations model (such as federal funds at zero to 0.25%) are at unprecedented low levels that can decline very little, if at all, and remain a positive number. Consequently, the simulations in the declining-rate scenarios are viewed by us and many other depository institutions as being remote and not meaningful. Therefore, declining rate scenario simulations are not currently being used in our assessment and management of interest rate risk. The simulations indicate that our rate sensitivity is currently somewhat asset sensitive to the indicated change in interest rates over a one-year horizon. As of December 31, 2009, the earnings simulations indicated that the impact of a 200 basis point increase in rates over 12 months would result in an approximate 0.08% increase in net interest income—as compared with a base case unchanged interest rate environment.

        The shape and non-parallel shifts of the fixed-income yield curve can also influence interest rate risk sensitivity. Therefore, we run a number of other rate scenario simulations to provide additional assessments of our interest rate risk posture. For example, in our analysis at December 31, 2010, a moderately flattening yield curve would have a somewhat dampening effect on our asset sensitivity. A further steepening of the current yield curve would boost net interest margins and provide additional net interest income as compared to a static yield curve.

        In addition to simulation analysis, we use Economic Value of Equity ("EVE") analysis as an indicator of the extent to which our capital could change, given potential changes in interest rates. This measure assumes no growth in the balance sheet (no management influence) but does assume mortgage-related prepayments and certain other cash flows. It provides a measure of rate risk extending beyond the analysis horizon contained in the simulation analyses. The EVE model is essentially a discounted cash flow of all of SCBT's assets, liabilities, and derivatives. The difference represented by the present value of assets minus the present value of liabilities is defined as the economic value of equity. At December 31, 2010, SCBT's ratio of EVE-to-assets was 7.23% in a flat interest rate environment and 7.19% in a hypothetical environment where rates increased 200 basis points instantaneously.

Deposits

        We rely on deposits by our customers as the primary source of funds for the continued growth of our loan and investment securities portfolios. Customer deposits are categorized as either noninterest-bearing deposits or interest-bearing deposits. Noninterest-bearing deposits (or demand deposits) are transaction accounts that provide SCBT with "interest-free" sources of funds. Interest-bearing deposits include savings deposit, interest-bearing transaction accounts, certificates of deposits, and other time deposits. Interest-bearing transaction accounts include NOW, HSA, IOLTA, and Market Rate checking accounts.

        During 2009, we implemented a deposit campaign to focus on increasing core deposits (excluding certificates of deposits and other time deposits). The deposit campaign led to increases in demand deposits, savings deposits and interest-bearing deposits. Those increased core deposit balances helped offset a planned decline in certificate of deposit balances, which are higher cost funds to the bank.

69


Table of Contents

        The following table presents total deposits for the five years at December 31:

Table 14—Total Deposits

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  

Demand deposits

  $ 484,838   $ 346,248   $ 303,689   $ 315,791   $ 256,717  
                       

Savings deposits

    202,054     163,348     141,379     137,129     76,734  

Interest-bearing demand deposits

    1,186,260     731,060     575,991     588,289     579,398  
                       

Total savings and interest-bearing demand deposits

    1,388,314     894,408     717,370     725,418     656,132  
                       

Certificates of deposit

    1,129,892     863,507     1,131,828     886,330     793,540  

Other time deposits

    1,104     476     387     350     326  
                       

Total time deposits

    1,130,996     863,983     1,132,215     886,680     793,866  
                       

Total deposits

  $ 3,004,148   $ 2,104,639   $ 2,153,274   $ 1,927,889   $ 1,706,715  
                       

        The acquisition of CBT as well as organic growth in money market accounts drove the higher balance in total deposits at December 31, 2010 compared to 2009. The following are key highlights regarding overall growth in total deposits:

        The following are key highlights regarding overall growth in average total deposits:

70


Table of Contents

        The following table provides a maturity distribution of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more for the next twelve months as of December 31:

Table 15—Maturity Distribution of Certificates of Deposits of $100 Thousand or More

 
  December 31,    
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   % Change  

Within three months

  $ 167,970   $ 129,168     30.0 %

After three through six months

    120,188     127,468     -5.7 %

After six through twelve months

    198,334     173,592     14.3 %

After twelve months

    44,266     16,371     170.4 %
                 

  $ 530,758   $ 446,599     18.8 %
                 

        In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the insurance limit on deposit accounts from $100,000 to $250,000. At December 31, 2010, SCBT had $177.5 million in certificates of deposits greater than $250,000.

Short-Term Borrowed Funds

        Our short-term borrowed funds consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements. Note 11, "Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase," in our audited financial statements provides a profile of these funds for the last three years at each year-end, the average amounts outstanding during each period, the maximum amounts outstanding at any month-end, and the weighted average interest rates on year-end and average balances in each category. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase most typically have maturities within one to three days from the transaction date. Certain of these borrowings have no defined maturity date.

Capital and Dividends

        Subsequent to year-end, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, effective as of February 18, 2011, with accredited institutional investors, pursuant to which the Company sold a total of 1,129,032 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $31.00 per share (the "Private Placement"). The proceeds to the Company from the Private Placement were $34.7 million, net of approximately $315,000 in issuance costs. The Private Placement was completed on February 18, 2011, and was contingent on a successful bid for Habersham.

        Our ongoing capital requirements have been met primarily through retained earnings, less the payment of cash dividends. As of December 31, 2010, shareholders' equity was $330.0 million, an increase of $47.1 million, or 16.7%, from $282.8 million at December 31, 2009. Our equity-to-assets ratio decreased to 9.18% at December 31, 2010 from 10.47% at the end of the comparable period of 2009.

        The Federal Reserve Board in March of 2005 announced changes to its capital adequacy rules, including the capital treatment of trust preferred securities. The Federal Reserve's rule, which took effect in early April 2005, permit bank holding companies to treat outstanding trust preferred securities as Tier 1 Capital for the first 25 years of the 30 year term of the related junior subordinated debt securities. We issued $40,000,000 of these types of junior non-consolidated securities during 2005, positively impacting Tier I Capital. We did not issue trust preferred securities during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. (See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in the audited consolidated financial statements for a more detailed explanation of our trust preferred securities.)

71


Table of Contents

        Provisions within the Dodd-Frank Act will require institutions that had more than $15 billion in assets on December 31, 2009, will no longer be able to include trust preferred securities (TRUPs) as Tier 1 capital beginning in 2013. One third will be phased out over the next two years ending in 2015. Financial institutions with less than $15 billion in total assets, such as SCBT, may continue to include their TRUPs issued prior to May 19, 2010 in Tier 1 capital, but cannot issue new capital TRUPs.

        We are subject to certain risk-based capital guidelines that measure the relationship of capital to both balance sheet and off-balance sheet risks. Risk values are adjusted to reflect credit risk. Pursuant to guidelines of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, which are substantially similar to those promulgated by the OCC, Tier 1 capital must be at least fifty percent of total capital and total capital must be eight percent of risk-weighted assets.

        As an additional measure of capital soundness, the regulatory agencies have prescribed a leverage ratio of total capital to total assets. The minimum leverage ratio assigned to banks is between three and five percent and is dependent on the institution's composite rating as determined by its regulators.

Table 16—Capital Adequacy Ratios

 
  December 31,  
(In percent)
  2010   2009   2008  

Tier 1 risk-based capital

    13.34     12.47     10.42  

Total risk-based capital

    14.60     14.42     12.34  

Tier 1 leverage

    8.48     9.89     8.54  

        Compared to December 31, 2009 our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and total risk-based capital ratio have increased because of the increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2010, due to the acquisition gain recorded on the CBT acquisition. Our capital ratios are currently in excess of the minimum standards and furthermore continue to be in the "well capitalized" regulatory classifications.

        We pay cash dividends to shareholders from funds provided mainly by dividends received from our bank subsidiary. Dividends paid by our bank are subject to certain regulatory restrictions. We must gain approval of the OCC in order to pay dividends in excess of our bank's net earnings for the current year, plus retained net profits for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. As of December 31, 2010, approximately $58.4 million of the bank's retained earnings was available for distribution to SCBT as dividends without prior regulatory approval.

        The following table provides the amount of dividends and payout ratios for the years ended December 31:

Table 17—Dividends Paid to Shareholders

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Shareholder dividend payments

  $ 8,680   $ 8,177   $ 7,113  

Dividend payout ratios

    16.43 %   74.66 %   40.93 %

        We retain earnings to have capital sufficient to grow our loan and investment portfolios and to support certain acquisitions or other business expansion opportunities. We pay cash dividends on common shares out of earnings generated by SCBT in the preceding quarter; therefore, our dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing total dividends paid during 2010 by the total net income available to common shareholders reported in the fourth quarter of 2009, first quarter of 2010, second quarter of 2010 and third quarter of 2010.

72


Table of Contents

        In February 2004, SCBT's board of directors authorized a program with no formal expiration date to repurchase up to 250,000 of its common shares. We did not repurchase any shares under this program during 2010, 2009 and 2008. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, we redeemed 7,272, 15,823 and 6,074, respectively, of SCBT shares from officers at an average cost of $35.04, $28.24 and $33.10, respectively, under an approved program designed to facilitate stock option exercises or tax payments on vesting restricted stock under SCBT's stock incentive plans.

Asset Credit Risk and Concentrations

        The quality of our interest-earning assets is maintained through our management of certain concentrations of credit risk. We review each individual earning asset including investment securities and loans for credit risk. To facilitate this review, we have established credit and investment policies that include credit limits, documentation, periodic examination, and follow-up. In addition, we examine these portfolios for exposure to concentration in any one industry, government agency, or geographic location.

Loan and Deposit Concentration

        We have no material concentration of deposits from any single customer or group of customers. We have no significant portion of our loans concentrated within a single industry or group of related industries. Furthermore, we attempt to avoid making loans that, in an aggregate amount, exceed 10 percent of total loans to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar business activities. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no aggregated loan concentrations of this type. We do not believe there are any material seasonal factors that would have a material adverse effect on us. We do not have foreign loans or deposits.

Concentration of Credit Risk

        Each category of earning assets has a certain degree of credit risk. We use various techniques to measure credit risk. Credit risk in the investment portfolio can be measured through bond ratings published by independent agencies. In the investment securities portfolio, the investments consist of U.S. government-sponsored enterprise securities, tax-free securities, or other securities having ratings of "AAA" to "Not Rated". All securities, with the exception of those that are not rated, were rated by at least one of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. The credit risk of the loan portfolio can be measured by historical experience. We maintain our loan portfolio in accordance with credit policies that we have established.

        We consider concentrations of credit to exist when, pursuant to regulatory guidelines, the amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar business activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by general economic conditions represents 25 percent of total risk-based capital. Based on this criteria, we had five such credit concentrations at December 31, 2010, including loans to borrowers engaged in other activities related to real estate, loans to religious organizations, loans to lessors of nonresidential buildings (except mini-warehouses), loans to lessors of residential buildings, and loans to physicians (except mental health specialists). The risk for these loans and for all loans is managed collectively through the use of credit underwriting practices developed and updated over time. The loss estimate for these loans is determined using our standard ALLL methodology.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Through the operations of our bank, we have made contractual commitments to extend credit in the ordinary course of our business activities. These commitments are legally binding agreements to lend money to our customers at predetermined interest rates for a specified period of time. We evaluate each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained,

73


Table of Contents


if deemed necessary by us upon extension of credit, is based on our credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, commercial and residential real estate. We manage the credit risk on these commitments by subjecting them to normal underwriting and risk management processes.

        At December 31, 2010, the bank had issued commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees of $586.6 million through various types of lending arrangements, of which $374.6 million was at variable rates. We believe that we have adequate sources of liquidity to fund commitments that are drawn upon by the borrowers.

        In addition to commitments to extend credit, we also issue standby letters of credit, which are assurances to third parties that they will not suffer a loss if our customer fails to meet its contractual obligation to the third party. Standby letters of credit totaled $11.0 million at December 31, 2010. Past experience indicates that many of these standby letters of credit will expire unused. However, through our various sources of liquidity, we believe that we will have the necessary resources to meet these obligations should the need arise.

        Except as disclosed in this report, we are not involved in off-balance sheet contractual relationships, unconsolidated related entities that have off-balance sheet arrangements or transactions that could result in liquidity needs or other commitments that significantly impact earnings.

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

        The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the measure of financial position and results of operations in terms of historical dollars, without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power over time due to inflation. Unlike most other industries, the majority of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant effect on a financial institution's performance than does the effect of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily change in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services.

        While the effect of inflation on banks is normally not as significant as is its influence on those businesses which have large investments in plant and inventories, it does have an effect. During periods of high inflation, there are normally corresponding increases in money supply, and banks will normally experience above average growth in assets, loans and deposits. Also, general increases in the prices of goods and services will result in increased operating expenses. Inflation also affects our bank's customers and may result in an indirect effect on our bank's business.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table presents payment schedules for certain of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010. Long-term debt obligations totaling $47.0 million include junior subordinated debt. Operating lease obligations of $42.7 million pertain to banking facilities and equipment. Certain lease agreements include payment of property taxes and insurance and contain various renewal options. Additional information regarding leases is contained in Note 22 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

74


Table of Contents

Table 18—Obligations

(Dollars in thousands)
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 to 3
Years
  3 to 5
Years
  More Than
5 Years
 

Long-term debt obligations*

  $ 46,978   $ 1,361   $ 1,313   $   $ 44,304  

Operating lease obligations

    42,740     3,305     6,050     5,604     27,781  
                       

Total

  $ 89,718   $ 4,666   $ 7,363   $ 5,604   $ 72,085  
                       

*
—Represents principal maturities.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

        See "Asset-Liability Management and Market Risk Sensitivity" on page 68 in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk.

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

        See Table 1 on page 46 for our unaudited quarterly results of operations and the pages beginning with F-1 for our audited consolidated financial statements.

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

        Not applicable.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        As of December 31, 2010 (the "Evaluation Date"), we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of SCBT's disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. We applied our judgment in the process of reviewing these controls and procedures, which, by their nature, can provide only reasonable assurance regarding our control objectives. Based upon this evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that SCBT's disclosure controls and procedures as of the Evaluation Date were effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding our control objectives.

Changes in Internal Controls

        There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

Management's Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

        We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management's assessment of the effectiveness of SCBT's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 is included in Item 8 of this Report under the heading "Management's Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting."

        Our independent auditors have issued an audit report on management's assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. This report entitled "Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" appears in Item 8.

Item 9B.    Other Information.

        Not applicable.

75


Table of Contents


PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

        The information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information in SCBT's definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption "Election of Directors," in the fourth paragraph under the caption "The Board of Directors and Committees," in the subsection titled "Audit Committee" under the caption "The Board of Directors and Committees," in the subsection titled "Governance Committee" under the caption "The Board of Directors and Committees," and under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance."

Item 11.    Executive Compensation.

        The information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information in SCBT's definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption "Executive Compensation," including the sections titled "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Summary Compensation Table," "Grants of Plan Based Awards," "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End," "Option Exercises and Stock Vested," "Pension Benefits," "Deferred Compensation Plan," "Compensation Committee Report," "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control," "Director Compensation," and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation."

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

        The following table contains certain information as of December 31, 2010, relating to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans:

 
  A   B   C  
Plan Category
  Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants, and
rights
  Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants, and
rights
  Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities
reflected in
column "A")
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    386,207   $ 29.02     304,502  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    None     n/a     n/a  

        Included within the 304,502 number of securities available for future issuance in the table above are a total of 211,116 shares remaining from the authorized total of 363,825 under SCBT's Employee Stock Purchase Plan. All securities totals for the outstanding and remaining available for future issuance amounts described in this Item 12 have been adjusted to give effect to stock dividends paid on March 23, 2007, January 1, 2005 and December 6, 2002.

        Other information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions "Beneficial Ownership of Certain Parties" and "Beneficial Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers" in the definitive proxy statement of SCBT to be filed in connection with our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

76


Table of Contents


Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

        The information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" in the definitive proxy statement of SCBT to be filed in connection with our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

        The information required by this item will be incorporated by reference to the information under the caption "Audit and Other Fees" in the definitive proxy statement of SCBT to be filed in connection with our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

77


Table of Contents


PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

        In most cases, documents incorporated by reference to exhibits that have been filed with SCBT's reports or proxy statements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available to the public over the Internet from the SEC's web site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any such document at the SEC's public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 under the Company's SEC file number (001-12669).

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger between SCBT Financial Corporation and TSB Financial Corporation, dated as of August 29, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2007)

 

2.2

 

Purchase & Assumption Agreement dated January 29, 2010 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2010)

 

2.3

 

Purchase & Assumption Agreement dated February 18, 2011 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2011)

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of SCBT Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 31, 2008)

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of SCBT Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008)

 

3.3

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of SCBT Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

 

4.1

 

Specimen SCBT Financial Corporation Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2007)

 

4.2

 

Articles of Incorporation (included as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.3)

 

4.3

 

Bylaws (included as Exhibit 3.2)

 

4.4

 

Warrant to Purchase up to 303,083 Shares of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

78


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  4.5   Form of Series T Preferred Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

 

10.1

 

First National Corporation Dividend Reinvestment Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 33-58692)

 

10.2*

 

First National Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan of 1996 (incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement filed in connection with its 1996 Annual Meeting of Shareholders)

 

10.3*

 

First National Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-33092)

 

10.4*

 

First National Corporation 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 333-90014)

 

10.5*

 

SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement filed in connection with its 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders)

 

10.6*

 

Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2005)

 

10.7

 

Indenture between SCBT Financial Corporation, as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Debenture Trustee, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

 

10.8

 

Guarantee Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

 

10.9

 

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among SCBT Financial Corporation, as Sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrators named therein, including exhibits containing the related forms of the SCBT Capital Trust I Common Securities Certificate and the Preferred Securities Certificate, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

 

10.10

 

Indenture between SCBT Financial Corporation, as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Debenture Trustee, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

 

10.11

 

Guarantee Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

 

10.12

 

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among SCBT Financial Corporation, as Sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrators named therein, including exhibits containing the related forms of the SCBT Capital Trust II Common Securities Certificate and the Preferred Securities Certificate, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

79


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  10.13   Indenture between SCBT Financial Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Trustee, dated as of July 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2005)

 

10.14

 

Guarantee Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, dated as of July 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2005)

 

10.15

 

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among SCBT Financial Corporation, as Sponsor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Chase Bank USA, National Association, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrators named therein, including exhibits containing the related forms of the SCBT Capital Trust III Capital Securities Certificate and the Common Securities Certificate, dated as of July 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2005)

 

10.16

 

Form of SCBT Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement for Restricted Stock Awarded to Directors under the SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of May 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006)

 

10.17

 

Form of SCBT Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement for Restricted Stock Awarded to Employees Under the SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of May 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006)

 

10.18

 

Form of SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Option Agreement for Options Granted to Directors Under the SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of May 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006)

 

10.19

 

Form of SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Option Agreement for Options Granted to Officers and Employees Under the SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of May 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006)

 

10.20

 

Description of the 2006 Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 7, 2006)

 

10.21

 

Amended and Restated South Carolina Bank & Trust Deferred Income Plan, executed on November 16, 2006, to be effective as of January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2006)

 

10.22

 

Amended and Restated South Carolina Bank & Trust Non-Employee Directors Deferred Income Plan, executed on November 16, 2006, to be effective as of January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2006)

 

10.23

 

Form of Agreement for Restricted Stock Issued Pursuant to the Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2007)

80


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  10.24   Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 28, 2008)

 

10.25*

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment and Noncompetition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Robert R. Hill, Jr., dated as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.26*

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Thomas S. Camp, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.27*

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and John C. Pollok, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.28*

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Richard C. Mathis, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.29*

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Joseph E. Burns, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.30*

 

Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and John Windley, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.31*

 

Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Dane Murray, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.32*

 

Form of Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements between SCBT, N.A. and Robert R. Hill, Jr., John C. Pollok, and Joseph E. Burns effective as of December 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.33*

 

Form of Termination Letter for Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements for Robert R. Hill, Jr., John C. Pollok, and Joseph E. Burns, dated December 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.34*

 

Form of Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements between SCBT, N.A. and Thomas S. Camp, Richard C. Mathis, Dane H. Murray, and John F. Windley, effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

81


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  10.35   Amendment to the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, dated December 18, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.36

 

Letter Agreement dated January 16, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement, between SCBT Financial Corporation and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

 

10.37

 

Form of Waiver, executed by each of Messrs. Robert R. Hill, Jr., John C. Pollok, John F. Windley, Thomas S. Camp, and Joseph E. Burns (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

 

10.38

 

Form of Letter Agreement, executed by each of Messrs. Robert R. Hill, Jr., John C. Pollok, John F. Windley, Thomas S. Camp, and Joseph E. Burns with SCBT Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

 

10.39

 

Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 30, 2009)

 

10.40

 

Repurchase Letter Agreement, dated May 20, 2009, between the Registrant and the U.S. Department of Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2009)

 

10.41

 

Warrant Repurchase Letter Agreement, dated June 24, 2009, between the Registrant and the U.S. Department of Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24 2009)

 

10.42

 

Employment and Noncompetition Agreement for Donald E. Pickett, effective January 22, 2010 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2010)

 

10.43

 

Employment and Noncompetition Agreement for Renee R. Brooks, effective January 27, 2011 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2011)

 

14.1

 

SCBT Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2004)

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23

 

Consent of Dixon Hughes PLLC

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (contained herein as part of the signature pages)

 

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer

 

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer

 

32

 

Section 1350 Certifications

*
Denotes a management compensatory plan or arrangement.

(b)
See Exhibit Index following the Annual Report on Form 10-K for a listing of exhibits filed herewith.

(c)
Not Applicable.

82


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbia and State of South Carolina, on the 16th day of March, 2011.

  SCBT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Registrant)

 

By:

 

/s/ ROBERT R. HILL, JR.

Robert R. Hill, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert R. Hill, Jr., his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ROBERT R. HILL, JR.

Robert R. Hill, Jr.
  President and Chief Executive Officer   March 16, 2011

/s/ JOHN C. POLLOK

John C. Pollok

 

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ DONALD E. PICKETT

Donald E. Pickett

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ JOSEPH E. BURNS

Joseph E. Burns

 

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ JOHN F. WINDLEY

John F. Windley

 

Chief Banking Officer

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ RENEE R. BROOKS

Renee R. Brooks

 

Corporate Secretary and Chief Administrative Officer

 

March 16, 2011

83


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ KAREN L. DEY

Karen L. Dey
  Senior Vice President and Controller   March 16, 2011

/s/ ROBERT R. HORGER

Robert R. Horger

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ JIMMY E. ADDISON

Jimmy E. Addison

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ LUTHER J. BATTISTE, III

Luther J. Battiste, III

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ M. OSWALD FOGLE

M. Oswald Fogle

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ DALTON B. FLOYD, JR.

Dalton B. Floyd, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ DWIGHT W. FRIERSON

Dwight W. Frierson

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ HERBERT G. GRAY

Herbert G. Gray

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ HARRY M. MIMS, JR.

Harry M. Mims, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ RALPH W. NORMAN

Ralph W. Norman, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ ALTON C. PHILLIPS

Alton C. Phillips

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ JAMES W. ROQUEMORE

James W. Roquemore

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ THOMAS E. SUGGS

Thomas E. Suggs

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

/s/ SUSIE H. VANHUSS

Susie H. VanHuss

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

84


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ KEVIN P. WALKER

Kevin P. Walker
  Director   March 16, 2011

/s/ JOHN W. WILLIAMSON, III

John W. Williamson, III

 

Director

 

March 16, 2011

85


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  21   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23   Consent of Dixon Hughes PLLC
  31.1   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer
  31.2   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer
  32   Section 1350 Certifications

86


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

        Management of SCBT Financial Corporation (the "Company") is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting using the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

        The Company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisitions, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        Based on the testing performed using the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), management of the Company believes that the company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2010.

        The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, has been audited by Dixon Hughes PLLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

SCBT Financial Corporation
Columbia, South Carolina
March 16, 2011

www.SCBTonline.com
(803) 771-2265 -- P.O. Box 1030 -- Columbia, South Carolina -- 29202-1030

F-1


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
SCBT Financial Corporation

         We have audited SCBT Financial Corporation's (the "Company") internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

         We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

         Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

         In our opinion, SCBT Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

         We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of SCBT Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated March 16, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Our report refers to the fact that in 2009 the Company changed its method of accounting for other-than-temporary impairment of debt securities and its method of accounting for business combinations, both as a result of adopting new accounting guidance.

GRAPHIC

Charlotte, North Carolina
March 16, 2011

F-2


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
SCBT Financial Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SCBT Financial Corporation and subsidiary (the "Company") as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SCBT Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2009 the Company changed its method of accounting for other-than-temporary impairment of debt securities and its method of accounting for business combinations, both as a result of adopting new accounting guidance.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 16, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion.

GRAPHIC

Charlotte, North Carolina
March 16, 2011

F-3


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in thousands, except par value)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2010   2009  

ASSETS

             

Cash and cash equivalents:

             
 

Cash and due from banks

  $ 83,449   $ 80,523  
 

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

    416     174  
 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

    153,234     24,211  
           
   

Total cash and cash equivalents

    237,099     104,908  
           

Investment securities:

             
 

Securities held to maturity (fair value of $20,150 and $21,901, respectively)

    19,941     21,538  
 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

    197,374     173,303  
 

Other investments

    20,597     16,271  
           
   

Total investment securities

    237,912     211,112  
           

Loans held for sale

    42,704     17,563  
           

Loans:

             
 

Covered under FDIC loss share agreements

    321,038      
 

Not covered under FDIC loss share agreements

    2,296,200     2,203,238  
 

Less allowance for loan losses

    (47,512 )   (37,488 )
           
   

Loans, net

    2,569,726     2,165,750  
           

FDIC receivable for loss share agreements

    212,103      

Other real estate owned (covered of $69,317 and $0, respectively; and non-covered of $17,264 and $3,102, respectively)

    86,581     3,102  

Premises and equipment, net

    87,381     71,829  

Goodwill

    62,888     62,888  

Other assets

    58,397     65,036  
           
   

Total assets

  $ 3,594,791   $ 2,702,188  
           

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Deposits:

             
 

Noninterest-bearing

  $ 484,838   $ 346,248  
 

Interest-bearing

    2,519,310     1,758,391  
           
   

Total deposits

    3,004,148     2,104,639  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    191,017     162,515  

Other borrowings

    46,978     143,624  

Other liabilities

    22,691     8,591  
           
   

Total liabilities

    3,264,834     2,419,369  
           

Shareholders' equity:

             
 

Preferred stock—$.01 par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares;

             
   

no shares issued and outstanding

         
 

Common stock—$2.50 par value; authorized 40,000,000 shares;

             
   

12,793,823 and 12,739,533 shares issued and outstanding

    31,985     31,849  
 

Surplus

    198,647     196,437  
 

Retained earnings

    103,117     59,915  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (3,792 )   (5,382 )
           
   

Total shareholders' equity

    329,957     282,819  
           
   

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 3,594,791   $ 2,702,188  
           

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Interest income:

                   
 

Loans, including fees

  $ 143,493   $ 131,770   $ 142,630  
 

Investment securities:

                   
   

Taxable

    9,985     8,501     11,065  
   

Tax-exempt

    853     936     1,471  
 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

    1,023     591     909  
               
     

Total interest income

    155,354     141,798     156,075  
               

Interest expense:

                   
 

Deposits

    28,526     30,731     47,644  
 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    630     502     5,427  
 

Other borrowings

    3,581     5,975     7,227  
               
     

Total interest expense

    32,737     37,208     60,298  
               
 

Net interest income

    122,617     104,590     95,777  
 

Provision for loan losses

    54,282     26,712     10,736  
               
     

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    68,335     77,878     85,041  
               

Noninterest income:

                   
 

Gain on acquisition

    98,081          
 

Service charges on deposit accounts

    21,342     15,498     16,117  
 

Bankcard services income

    8,987     5,043     4,832  
 

Mortgage banking income

    6,564     6,552     3,455  
 

Trust and investment services income

    4,251     2,517     2,756  
 

Securities gains (losses), net

    292     82     (43 )
 

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

    (1,281 )   (10,494 )   (9,884 )
 

Portion of impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income

    (5,489 )   5,489      
               
 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

    (6,770 )   (5,005 )   (9,884 )
 

Other

    4,988     1,559     1,816  
               
     

Total noninterest income

    137,735     26,246     19,049  
               

Noninterest expense:

                   
 

Salaries and employee benefits

    60,795     40,787     42,554  
 

Net occupancy expense

    8,544     6,392     6,103  
 

Furniture and equipment expense

    7,530     6,049     6,246  
 

Merger expense

    5,504         405  
 

FDIC assessment and other regulatory charges

    5,283     5,449     1,837  
 

OREO expense and loan related

    5,304     5,641     1,759  
 

Advertising and marketing

    3,618     2,497     3,870  
 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances prepayment fee

    3,189          
 

Professional fees

    2,046     1,358     1,608  
 

Amortization of intangibles

    1,650     526     575  
 

Other

    21,779     14,947     14,839  
               
     

Total noninterest expense

    125,242     83,646     79,796  
               

Earnings:

                   
 

Income before provision for income taxes

    80,828     20,478     24,294  
 

Provision for income taxes

    28,946     6,883     8,509  
               
     

Net income

    51,882     13,595     15,785  
 

Preferred stock dividends

        1,115      
 

Accretion on preferred stock discount

        3,559      
               
     

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 51,882   $ 8,921   $ 15,785  
               

Earnings per common share:

                   
 

Basic

  $ 4.11   $ 0.74   $ 1.53  
               
 

Diluted

  $ 4.08   $ 0.74   $ 1.52  
               

Dividends per common share

  $ 0.68   $ 0.68   $ 0.68  
               

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                   
 

Basic

    12,618     12,061     10,301  
 

Diluted

    12,720     12,109     10,394  

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Preferred Stock   Common Stock    
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   
 
 
   
  Retained Earnings    
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Surplus   Total  

Balance, December 31, 2007

      $     10,160,432   $ 25,401   $ 140,652   $ 50,499   $ (1,487 ) $ 215,065  

Comprehensive income:

                                                 

Net income

                        15,785         15,785  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effects

                                                 
 

Pension and retiree medical plan

                            (4,596 )   (4,596 )
 

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale,

                                                 
   

net of reclassification adjustment

                            (3,102 )   (3,102 )
                                                 
   

Total comprehensive income

                                              8,087  

Cash dividends declared at $.68 per share

                        (7,113 )       (7,113 )

Stock options exercised

            14,087     35     262             297  

Employee stock purchases

            25,029     63     594             657  

Restricted stock awards

            47,129     118     (118 )            

Common stock repurchased

            (6,074 )   (15 )   (186 )           (201 )

Share-based compensation expense

                    1,379             1,379  

Common stock issued in private placement offering

            1,010,000     2,525     24,232             26,757  
                                   

Balance, December 31, 2008

            11,250,603     28,127     166,815     59,171     (9,185 )   244,928  

Comprehensive income:

                                                 
 

Net income

                        13,595         13,595  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects

                                                 
 

Pension and retiree medical plan

                            1,279     1,279  
 

Change in pension liability for plan curtailment

                            1,283     1,283  
 

Change in net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

                            4,795     4,795  
 

Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in earnings

                            (3,540 )   (3,540 )
 

Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges

                            (14 )   (14 )
                                                 
   

Total comprehensive income

                                              17,398  

Cash dividends on Series T preferred stock at annual dividend rate of 5%

        3,559                 (4,674 )       (1,115 )

Cash dividends declared at $.68 per share

                        (8,177 )       (8,177 )

Issuance of Series T preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    64,779     61,220             3,412             64,632  

Repurchase of Series T preferred stock and warrants

    (64,779 )   (64,779 )           (1,400 )           (66,179 )

Stock options exercised

            30,831     77     455             532  

Employee stock purchases

            27,991     70     496             566  

Restricted stock awards

            89,431     224     (224 )            

Common stock repurchased

            (15,823 )   (40 )   (406 )           (446 )

Share-based compensation expense

                    1,431             1,431  

Common stock issued in public offering

            1,356,500     3,391     25,858             29,249  
                                   

Balance, December 31, 2009

            12,739,533     31,849     196,437     59,915     (5,382 )   282,819  

Comprehensive income:

                                                 
 

Net income

                        51,882         51,882  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects

                                                 
 

Pension and retiree medical plan

                            (514 )   (514 )
 

Change in net unrealized gain on securities

                                                 
   

available for sale

                            (1,041 )   (1,041 )
 

Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in earnings

                            3,540     3,540  
 

Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges

                            (395 )   (395 )
                                                 
   

Total comprehensive income

                                              53,472  

Cash dividends declared at $.68 per share

                        (8,680 )       (8,680 )

Stock options exercised

            16,220     41     266             307  

Employee stock purchases

            22,371     56     613             669  

Restricted stock awards

            22,971     57     (57 )            

Common stock repurchased

            (7,272 )   (18 )   (237 )           (255 )

Share-based compensation expense

                    1,625             1,625  
                                   

Balance, December 31, 2010

      $     12,793,823   $ 31,985   $ 198,647   $ 103,117   $ (3,792 ) $ 329,957  
                                   

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   
 

Net income

  $ 51,882   $ 13,595   $ 15,785  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
   

Depreciation and amortization

    9,290     6,874     4,999  
   

Provision for loan losses

    54,282     26,712     10,736  
   

Deferred income taxes

    23,979     (2,925 )   (874 )
   

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

    6,770     5,005     9,884  
   

(Gain) loss on sale of securities available for sale

    (292 )   (82 )   43  
   

(Gain) on acquisition

    (98,081 )        
   

Share-based compensation expense

    1,625     1,431     1,379  
   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances prepayment fee

    3,189          
   

Accretion on FDIC indemnification asset

    (2,443 )        
   

Accretion on loans covered under FDIC loss share agreements

    (927 )        
   

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    132     42     86  
   

Net (accretion of discount) & amortization of premium on investment securities

    937     84     (339 )
   

Net change in:

                   
     

Loans held for sale

    (25,140 )   (1,822 )   1,609  
     

Accrued interest receivable

    4,287     1,252     1,628  
     

Prepaid assets

    3,967     (11,395 )   51  
     

FDIC Loss Share Receivable

    71,376          
     

Miscellaneous other assets

    (54,349 )   6,887     (10,384 )
     

Accrued interest payable

    (5,225 )   (2,350 )   (1,807 )
     

Accrued income taxes

    (6,047 )   392     811  
     

Miscellaneous other liabilities

    4,259     (3,287 )   (2,646 )
               
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    43,471     40,413     30,961  
               

Cash flows from investing activities:

                   
 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

    45,030     2,410     2,126  
 

Proceeds from maturities and calls of investment securities held to maturity

    1,595     2,686     3,925  
 

Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale

    144,663     80,298     82,895  
 

Proceeds from sales of other investment securities

    1,632     451     2,338  
 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

    (117,473 )   (75,672 )   (59,809 )
 

Purchases of investment securities held to maturity

            (6,679 )
 

Purchases of other investment securities

        (1,943 )   (3,304 )
 

Net (increase) decrease in customer loans

    2,135     92,088     (238,810 )
 

Net cash received from acquisition

    306,298          
 

Purchases of premises and equipment

    (24,173 )   (6,337 )   (15,401 )
 

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

    52     2     19  
               
     

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    359,759     93,983     (232,700 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities:

                   
 

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

    (108,997 )   (48,635 )   225,383  
 

Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

    26,942     (31,350 )   (127,774 )
 

Proceeds from FHLB advances

            205,400  
 

Repayment of FHLB advances

    (166,025 )   (18,030 )   (167,535 )
 

Repayment of subordinated term loan

    (15,000 )        
 

Preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs

        64,632      
 

Preferred stock and common stock warrant repurchase

        (66,179 )    
 

Common stock issuance

    669     29,815     27,414  
 

Common stock repurchased

    (255 )   (446 )   (201 )
 

Dividends paid on preferred stock

        (1,115 )    
 

Dividends paid on common stock

    (8,680 )   (8,177 )   (7,113 )
 

Stock options exercised

    307     532     297  
               
     

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (271,039 )   (78,953 )   155,871  
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    132,191     55,443     (45,868 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    104,908     49,465     95,333  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 237,099   $ 104,908   $ 49,465  
               

F-7


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Supplemental Disclosures:

                   

Cash Flow Information:

                   

Cash paid for:

                   
 

Interest

  $ 30,938   $ 39,557   $ 62,106  
 

Income taxes

    9,420     6,642     13,879  

Acquisitions:

                   
 

Fair value of tangible assets acquired

  $ 956,318   $   $  
 

Other intangible assets acquired

    8,535          
 

Liabilities assumed

    1,098,400          
 

Net assets acquired over liabilities assumed

    (133,547 )        

Schedule of Noncash Investing Transactions:

                   

Real estate acquired in full or in partial settlement of loans (covered of $55,947, $0, and $0, respectively; and non-covered of $25,585, $10,500, and $10,428, respectively)

    81,532     10,500     10,428  

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-8


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

        SCBT Financial Corporation (the "Company") is a bank holding company whose principal activity is the ownership and management of its wholly-owned subsidiary, SCBT, N.A. (the "Bank") , a nationally chartered bank operating divisions as South Carolina Bank and Trust, South Carolina Bank and Trust of the Piedmont ("Piedmont"), North Carolina Bank and Trust ("NCBT"), and Community Bank & Trust ("CBT"). The bank provides general banking services within the state of South Carolina, Mecklenburg County of North Carolina, and 10 counties in the state of Georgia. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its consolidated subsidiary conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. SCBT Capital Trust I and SCBT Capital Trust II are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Company established for the purpose of issuing an aggregate of $20.0 million of trust preferred securities. SCBT Capital Trust III is an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Company established for the purpose of issuing an aggregate of $20.0 million of trust preferred securities. TSB Statutory Trust I is an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Company acquired in the TSB merger and established for the purpose of issuing an aggregate of $3.0 million of trust preferred securities.

        On November 30, 2007, the Company acquired TSB Financial Corporation, the parent company of The Scottish Bank, N.A. ("TSB"). On November 8, 2008, the Company merged TSB into SCBT, N.A. and changed its name to NCBT. On December 6, 2008, the Company merged Piedmont into SCBT, N.A. On January 29, 2010, SCBT, N.A. acquired all of the deposits except brokered deposits, certain other borrowings, and certain of the loans and other assets of Community Bank & Trust ("CBT"), a full service Georgia-state-chartered community bank headquartered in Cornelia, Georgia in an FDIC-assisted transaction. Subsequent to year-end on February 18, 2011, SCBT, N.A. acquired all of the deposits, certain other borrowings, and certain of the loans and other assets of Habersham Bank, a full service Georgia-state-chartered community bank headquartered in Clarkesville, Georgia in an FDIC-assisted transaction (See Note 32—Subsequent Events).

Basis of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and other entities in which it has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Assets held by the Company in trust are not assets of the Company and are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Segments

        The Company, through its subsidiary, provides a broad range of financial services to individuals and companies in South Carolina, North Carolina and Georgia. These services include demand, time and savings deposits; lending and credit card servicing; ATM processing; and trust services. While the Company's decision makers monitor the revenue streams of the various financial products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on an organization-wide basis. Accordingly, the Company's banking and finance operations are not considered by management to be more than one reportable operating segment.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual

F-9


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, fair value of financial instruments, fair values of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, loss estimates related to loans and other real estate acquired which are covered under loss share agreements with the FDIC, evaluating other-than-temporary-impairment of investment securities, goodwill impairment tests and valuation of deferred tax assets.

        In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management has identified specific loans as well as adopted a policy of providing amounts for loan valuation purposes which are not identified with any specific loan but are derived from actual loss experience ratios, loan types, loan volume, economic conditions and industry standards. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the banking subsidiary's allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

        The Company's subsidiary grants agribusiness, commercial, and residential loans to customers throughout South Carolina, North Carolina and Georgia. Although the subsidiary has diversified loan portfolios, a substantial portion of their borrowers' abilities to honor their contracts is dependent upon economic conditions within South Carolina, North Carolina, Georgia and the surrounding regions.

        The Company considers concentrations of credit to exist when, pursuant to regulatory guidelines, the amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar business activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by general economic conditions represents 25% of total risk-based capital, or $83.2 million at December 31, 2010. Based on this criteria, the Company had five such credit concentrations for non-acquired loans at December 31, 2010, including $264.7 million of loans to borrowers engaged in other activities related to real estate, $110.5 million of loans to lessors of residential buildings, $108.6 million of loans to lessors of nonresidential buildings (except mini-warehouses), $108.5 million of loans to religious organizations and $95.6 million in loans to physicians (except mental health specialists).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        For the purpose of presentation in the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in process of collection, amounts due from banks, interest bearing deposits with banks, purchases of securities under agreements to resell, and federal funds sold. Due from bank balances are maintained in other financial institutions. Federal funds sold are generally purchased and sold for one-day periods, but may from time to time have longer terms.

        The Company enters into purchases of securities under agreements to resell substantially identical securities typically for the purpose of obtaining securities on a short-term basis for collateralizing certain customer deposit relationships. Securities purchased under agreements to resell at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and agency mortgage-backed securities. It is the Company's policy to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. The securities are delivered into the Company's account maintained by a third-party custodian designated by the Company under a written custodial agreement that explicitly recognizes the Company's interest in the securities. The Company monitors the market value of the underlying securities, including accrued interest, which collateralize the related receivable on

F-10


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


agreements to resell. At December 31, 2010, these agreements were considered to be short-term investments with maturities of three months or less.

Investment Securities

        Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as "held to maturity" and carried at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as "available for sale" and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income.

        Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using methods approximating the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. Gains and losses realized on sales of securities available for sale are determined using the specific identification method. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. In estimating OTTI losses, management considers: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuers, (3) the outlook for receiving the contractual cash flows of the investments, (4) the anticipated outlook for changes in the general level of the interest rates, and (5) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value or, for a debt security, whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security prior to recovering its fair value (see Note 4—Investment Securities).

        Other investments include stock acquired for regulatory purposes and trust preferred securities. Stock acquired for regulatory purposes includes Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta ("FHLB") stock and Federal Reserve Bank stock. These securities do not have a readily determinable fair value because their ownership is restricted and they lack a market for trading. As a result, these securities are carried at cost and are periodically evaluated for impairment. Trust preferred securities represent a minority investment in SCBT Capital Trust I, SCBT Capital Trust II, SCBT Capital Trust III, and TSB Statutory Trust I. These investments are recorded at cost and the Company receives quarterly dividend payments on these investments.

Loans Held for Sale

        Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Estimated fair value is determined on the basis of existing forward commitments, or the current market value of similar loans. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

Loans

        Loans that management has originated and has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their unpaid principal balances, less unearned income and net of any deferred loan fees and costs. Unearned income on installment loans is recognized as income over the terms of the loans by methods that generally approximate the interest method. Interest on other loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding.

F-11


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Loans are placed on nonaccrual status depending upon the type of loan, the past due status, and the collection activities in progress. Well-secured loans, in the process of collection, are allowed to remain on an accrual basis until they become 120 days past due. Partially secured loans are written down to the collateral value and placed on nonaccrual status on or before becoming 120 days past due. Unsecured commercial loans are charged off on or before the date they become 120 days past due. Closed end consumer loans and open end consumer loans are charged off or written down to the fair value of collateral on or before becoming 120 and 180 days past due, respectively. A past due loan may not be considered impaired if it is expected that the delay in payment is minimal. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is charged against interest revenue on loans. Interest payments are applied to the principal balance on nonaccrual loans.

        Acquired loans are initially recorded at a discount to recognize the difference in the fair value of the loans and the contractual balance. The discount includes a component to recognize the absolute difference between the contractual value and the amount expected to be collected as well as a component to recognize the net present value of that future amount to be collected. The net present value component is accretable into income, and therefore generates a yield on all acquired loans, regardless of past due status. Therefore, all acquired loans are considered to be accruing loans. Acquired loans that are greater than 90 days past due are placed into the greater than 90 days past due and still accruing category when analyzing the aging status of the loan portfolio. See Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses for further detail.

        A loan is considered impaired when, in management's judgment, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Management determines when loans become impaired through its normal loan administration and review functions. Loans identified as nonaccrual are potentially impaired loans. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired, provided that management expects to collect all amounts due, including interest accrued at the contractual interest rate for the period of delay. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Interest revenue on impaired loans is discontinued when the loans meet the criteria for nonaccrual status described above. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for loss and a general reserve is established accordingly.

Troubled Debt Restructurings ("TDRs")

        SCBT designates loan modifications as TDRs when, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties, it grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Loans on nonaccrual status at the date of modification are initially classified as nonaccrual TDRs. Loans on accruing status at the date of modification are initially classified as accruing TDRs at the date of modification, if the note is reasonably assured of repayment and performance is in accordance with its modified terms. Such loans may be designated as nonaccrual loans subsequent to the modification date if reasonable doubt exists as to the collection of interest or principal under the restructuring agreement. TDRs are returned to accruing status when there is economic substance to the restructuring, there is well documented credit evaluation of the borrower's financial condition, the remaining balance is reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with its modified terms, and the borrower has demonstrated sustained repayment performance in accordance with the modified terms

F-12


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


for a reasonable period of time (generally a minimum of six months). At December 31, 2010 and 2009, total TDRs were $9.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively, of which $3.3 million were accruing restructured loans, at December 31, 2010. The TDRs at December 31, 2009 were nonaccruing. SCBT does not have significant commitments to lend additional funds to these borrowers whose loans have been modified.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        The allowance for loan losses is established for estimated loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

        The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management's periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

        The allowance consists of general and specific reserves. The general reserves are determined, for loans not identified as impaired, by applying loss percentages to the portfolio that are based on historical loss experience and management's evaluation and "risk grading" of the loan portfolio. Additionally, the general economic and business conditions affecting key lending areas, credit quality trends, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, the findings of internal and external credit reviews and results from external bank regulatory examinations are included in this evaluation. The specific reserves are determined, for impaired loans, on a loan-by-loan basis based on management's evaluation of the Company's exposure for each credit, given the current payment status of the loan and the value of any underlying collateral. Management evaluates loans that are classified as either doubtful, substandard or special mention to determine whether or not they are impaired. For such loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The Company requires updated appraisals on an annual basis for loans that are collateral dependent. Generally, the need for specific reserve is evaluated on impaired loans greater than $250,000.

        Although management uses available information to estimate losses on loans, because of uncertainties associated with local, regional, and national economic conditions, collateral values, and future cash flows on impaired loans, and subjection of the model to the review of regulatory authorities, it is reasonably possible that a material change could occur in the allowance for loan losses in the near term. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.

Other Real Estate Owned

        Other real estate, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu of foreclosure in satisfaction of loans, is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for estimated selling costs. Management also considers other factors, including changes in absorption rates, length of time the property has been on the market and anticipated sales values, which have resulted in adjustments to the collateral value estimates indicated in certain appraisals. At the time of foreclosure or initial possession of collateral, any excess of the loan

F-13


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


balance over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is treated as a charge against the allowance for loan losses.

        Subsequent declines in the fair value of OREO below the new cost basis are recorded through valuation adjustments. Significant judgments and complex estimates are required in estimating the fair value of other real estate, and the period of time within which such estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility. In response to market conditions and other economic factors, management may utilize liquidation sales as part of its problem asset disposition strategy. As a result of the significant judgments required in estimating fair value and the variables involved in different methods of disposition, the net proceeds realized from sales transactions could differ significantly from appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates used to determine the fair value of other real estate. Management reviews the value of other real estate each quarter and adjusts the values as appropriate. Revenue and expenses from OREO operations as well as gains or losses on sales and any subsequent adjustments to the value are recorded as OREO expense and loan related expense, a component of non-interest expense.

Business Combinations, Method of Accounting for Loans Acquired, and FDIC Indemnification Asset

        The Company accounts for its acquisitions under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 805, Business Combinations, which requires the use of the acquisition method of accounting. All identifiable assets acquired, including loans, are recorded at fair value. No allowance for loan losses related to the acquired loans is recorded on the acquisition date because the fair value of the loans acquired incorporates assumptions regarding credit risk. Loans acquired are recorded at fair value in accordance with the fair value methodology prescribed in FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, exclusive of the loss share agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"). The fair value estimates associated with the loans include estimates related to expected prepayments and the amount and timing of expected principal, interest and other cash flows.

        Acquired credit-impaired loans are accounted for under the accounting guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality, found in FASB ASC Topic 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, formerly American Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA") Statement of Position (SOP) 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer, and initially measured at fair value, which includes estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans. Loans acquired in business combinations with evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are considered to be credit impaired. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of purchase dates may include information such as past-due and nonaccrual status, borrower credit scores and recent loan to value percentages. The Company considers expected prepayments and estimates the amount and timing of expected principal, interest and other cash flows for each loan or pool of loans meeting the criteria above, and determines the excess of the loan's scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition as an amount that should not be accreted (nonaccretable difference). The remaining amount, representing the excess of the loan's or pool's cash flows expected to be collected over the amount deemed paid (fair value) for the loan or pool of loans, is accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool (accretable yield). In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-30, the Company aggregated loans that have common risk characteristics into pools within the following loan categories: commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million, commercial real estate, commercial real estate—construction and development, residential real estate, residential real

F-14


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


estate junior lien, home equity, consumer, commercial and industrial, and single pay. Single pay loans consist of those instruments for which repayment of principal and interest is expected at maturity.

        Loans acquired through business combinations that do not meet the specific criteria of FASB ASC Topic 310-30, but for which a discount is attributable at least in part to credit quality, are also accounted for under this guidance. As a result, related discounts are recognized subsequently through accretion based on the expected cash flow of the acquired loans.

        Subsequent to the acquisition date, increases in cash flows expected to be received in excess of the Company's initial estimates are reclassified from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield and are accreted into interest income on a level-yield basis over the remaining life of the loan. Decreases in cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as impairment through the provision for loan losses. The FDIC indemnification asset will be adjusted prospectively in a similar, consistent manner with increases and decreases in expected cash flows.

        The FDIC indemnification asset is measured separately from the related covered asset as it is not contractually embedded in the assets and is not transferable with the assets should the Company choose to dispose of them. Fair value was estimated using projected cash flows related to the loss sharing agreements based on the expected reimbursements for losses and the applicable loss sharing percentages. These expected reimbursements do not include reimbursable amounts related to future covered expenditures. These cash flows were discounted to reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursement from the FDIC. The Company will offset any recorded provision for loan losses related to a pool of purchased loans by recording an increase in the FDIC indemnification asset by the increase in expected cash flow, which is the result of a decrease in expected cash flow of the pool of loans.

        The Company incurs expenses related to the assets indemnified by the FDIC and pursuant to the loss share agreement certain costs are reimbursable by the FDIC and are included in monthly and quarterly claims made by the Company. The estimates of reimbursements are netted against these covered expenses in the income statement.

Premises and Equipment

        Land is carried at cost. Office equipment, furnishings, and buildings are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation computed principally on the declining-balance and straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the terms of the related leases including lease renewals only when the Company is reasonably assured of the aggregate term of the lease. Additions to premises and equipment and major replacements are added to the accounts at cost. Maintenance and repairs and minor replacements are charged to expense when incurred. Gains and losses on routine dispositions are reflected in current operations.

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill and core deposit intangibles that result from the acquisition of other banks or branches from other banks. Core deposit intangibles represent the value of long-term deposit relationships acquired in these transactions. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the sum of the estimated fair values of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less the estimated fair value of the liabilities assumed. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is evaluated for impairment annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying

F-15


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


amount exceeds the asset's fair value. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing the reporting unit's estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill assigned to that reporting unit is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment of goodwill assigned to that reporting unit.

        If required, the second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a business combination, by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. Management has determined that the Company has one reporting unit.

        The Company evaluated the carrying value of goodwill as of April 30, 2010, its annual test date, and determined that no impairment charge was necessary. Additionally, should the Company's future earnings and cash flows decline and/or discount rates increase, an impairment charge to goodwill and other intangible assets may be required.

        Core deposit intangibles, included in other assets, consist of costs that resulted from the acquisition of deposits from other commercial banks or the estimated fair value of these assets acquired through business combinations. Core deposit intangibles represent the estimated value of long-term deposit relationships acquired in these transactions. These costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the deposit accounts acquired (generally 7 to 13 years) on a either (1) the straight-line method or (2) the accelerated basis method which reasonably approximates the anticipated benefit stream from the accounts. The estimated useful lives are periodically reviewed for reasonableness.

Advertising Costs

        The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred and advertising communication costs the first time the advertising takes place. The Company may establish accruals for anticipated advertising expenses within the course of a current year.

Comprehensive Income

        Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as (1) unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities (2) unrealized gains and losses on effective portions of derivative financial instruments accounted for as hedges and (3) net change in unrecognized amounts related to pension and post-retirement benefits, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet. Such items, along with net income, are components of total comprehensive income (see Note 16).

F-16


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Employee Benefit Plans

        The Company's defined benefit pension and other post retirement plans are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 715, Compensation—Retirement Benefits, which requires the Company to recognize the funded status in its statement of financial position. See Note 18 for information regarding the defined benefit pension plan and Note 19 for information regarding our post retirement benefits plan. The expected costs of the plans are being expensed over the period that employees provide service.

        The Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") allows for a look-back option which establishes the purchase price as an amount based on the lesser of the stock's market price at the grant date or its market price at the exercise (or purchase) date. For the shares issued in exchange for employee services under the plan, the Company accounts for the plan under the FASB ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, in which the fair value measurement method is used to estimate the fair value of the equity instruments, based on the share price and other measurement assumptions at the grant date. See Note 20 for the amount the Company recognized as expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of the transactions reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes related primarily to differences between the basis of available-for-sale securities, allowance for loan losses, accumulated depreciation, net operating loss carryforwards, accretion income, deferred compensation, intangible assets, and pension plan and post-retirement benefits. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return with its subsidiary.

        The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued relative to unrecognized tax benefits in its respective federal or state income taxes accounts. As of December 31, 2010, there were no accruals for uncertain tax positions and no accruals for interest and penalties. The Company and its subsidiary file a consolidated United States federal income tax return, as well as income tax returns for its subsidiary in the state of South Carolina, Georgia, and North Carolina. The Company's filed income tax returns are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2007.

Earnings Per Share

        Basic earnings per share ("EPS") represents income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflects additional shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential shares had been issued. Potential shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options, restricted stock (non-vested shares), and warrants, and are determined using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the number of incremental shares is determined by assuming the issuance of stock for the outstanding stock options and warrants, reduced by the number of shares assumed to be repurchased from the issuance proceeds, using the average market price for the year of the Company's stock.

F-17


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company's interest rate risk management strategy incorporates the use of a derivative financial instrument, specifically an interest rate swap, to essentially convert a portion of its variable-rate debt to a fixed rate. Cash flows related to variable-rate debt will fluctuate with changes in an underlying rate index. When effectively hedged, the increases or decreases in cash flows related to the variable-rate debt will generally be offset by changes in cash flows of the derivative instrument designated as a hedge. This strategy is referred to as a cash flow hedge.

        By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the fair value gain in a derivative. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, this situation generally indicates that the counterparty is obligated to pay the Company, and, therefore, creates a repayment risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Company is obligated to pay the counterparty and, therefore, has no repayment risk. The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company.

        The Company's derivative activities are monitored by its Asset-Liability Management Committee as part of that committee's oversight of the Company's asset/liability and treasury functions. The Company's Asset-Liability Management Committee is responsible for implementing various hedging strategies that are developed through its analysis of data from financial simulation models and other internal and industry sources. The resulting hedging strategies are then incorporated into the overall interest-rate risk management process.

        The Company recognizes the fair value of derivatives as assets or liabilities in the financial statements. The accounting for the changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative instrument at inception. The change in fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedges is accounted for in other comprehensive income rather than net income. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments that are not intended as a hedge are accounted for in the net income of the period of the change (see Note 31—Derivative Financial Instruments for further disclosure).

Reclassification

        Certain amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on net income and shareholders' equity.

Recent Accounting and Regulatory Pronouncements

        The enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will result in expansive changes in many areas affecting the financial services industry in general and the Company in particular. The legislation provides broad economic oversight, consumer financial services protection, investor protection, rating agency reform and derivative regulatory reform. Various corporate governance requirements will result in expanded proxy disclosures and shareholder rights. Additional provisions address the mortgage industry in an effort to strengthen lending practices. Deposit insurance reform will result in permanent FDIC protection for up to $250,000 of deposits and will require the FDIC's Deposit Insurance Fund to maintain 1.35 percent of insured deposits with the burden for closing any shortfall falling to banks with more than $10.0 billion in assets. Provisions within the Dodd-Frank Act will require institutions that had more than $15 billion in assets on December 31, 2009, will no longer be able to include trust preferred securities (TRUPs) as Tier 1 capital beginning in 2013. One third will be phased out over the next two years ending in 2015. Financial institutions with

F-18


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


less than $15 billion in total assets, such as SCBT, may continue to count their pre-May 19, 2010, TRUPs as Tier 1 capital, but may not issue new capital-TRUPs. Another provision of the legislation gives the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10.0 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. This provision may have a negative impact on non-interest income.

        Effective December 31, 2010, SCBT adopted certain of the key provisions of Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses, ("ASU 2010-20"). ASU 2010-20 amends ASC 310 by requiring more robust and disaggregated disclosures about the credit quality of an entity's financing receivables and its allowance for credit losses. The objective of enhancing these disclosures is to improve financial statement users' understanding of (1) the nature of an entity's credit risk associated with its financing receivables and (2) the entity's assessment of that risk in estimating its allowance for credit losses as well as changes in the allowance and reasons for those changes. Most of the new and amended disclosures in the ASU are effective December 31, 2010, and are included in Note 5 Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses. The disclosures that include information for activity that occurs during a reporting period will be effective for the first quarter of 2011. Those disclosures include (1) the activity in the allowance for credit losses for each period and (2) disclosures about modifications of financing receivables. The impact of adoption for SCBT is the inclusion of additional disclosures in SCBT's consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2010-06, an update to FASB ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements. This update adds a new requirement to disclose transfers in and out of level 1 and level 2, along with the reasons for the transfers, and requires a gross presentation of purchases and sales of level 3 activities. Additionally, the update clarifies that entities provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities and that entities provide enhanced disclosures around level 2 valuation techniques and inputs. The Company adopted the disclosure requirements for level 1 and level 2 transfers and the expanded fair value measurement and valuation disclosures effective January 1, 2010. The disclosure requirements for level 3 activities are effective for the Company on January 1, 2011. The adoption of the disclosure requirements for level 1 and level 2 transfers and the expanded qualitative disclosures, had no impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations, and EPS. The Company does not expect the adoption of the level 3 disclosure requirements to have an impact on its financial position, results of operations, and EPS.

        In February 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2010-09 amending its guidance in FASB ASC 855-10, Subsequent Events, to remove the requirement for SEC filers to disclose the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events. This change alleviates potential conflicts with current SEC guidance.

        In April 2009, the FASB issued a FASB Staff Position ("FSP") 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly. FASB ASC 820-10-65-4 in topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, includes the transition and open effective date information related to this FSP. The guidance allows an entity to determine whether a market is not active for a financial asset, considered in relation to normal market activity for that asset, using a list of factors provided in the guidance to aid in making that assessment. If, after evaluating the relevant factors, the evidence indicates the market is not active, the entity would determine whether a quoted price in that market is associated with a distressed transaction. The determination of whether transactions are distressed should be based

F-19


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


on the weight of the available evidence. The guidance provides illustrative circumstances that could indicate that a transaction is not orderly (i.e., distressed). More weight should be placed on transactions that are orderly and less weight placed on transactions that are not orderly. The guidance requires new disclosures relating to fair value measurement inputs and valuation techniques (including changes in inputs and valuation techniques). The guidance is effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009 with early adoption permitted. The Company had previously determined that transactions in the market for its pooled trust preferred securities were disorderly using guidance from ASC 820-10-35 to determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that asset is not active.

        In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments. FASB ASC 320-10-65-1 in topic 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities, includes the transition and open effective date information related to this FSP. The guidance changed (1) the method for determining whether an OTTI exists for debt securities and (2) the amount of an impairment charge to be recorded in earnings. To determine whether an OTTI exists, an entity assesses the likelihood of selling the security prior to recovering its cost basis. This is a change from the previous requirement for an entity to assess whether it has the intent and ability to hold a security to recovery. If the entity intends to sell the debt security or it is more-likely-than-not that the entity is required to sell the debt security prior to recovering its cost basis, the security is written down to fair value with the full charge recorded in earnings. If the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-likely-than-not that the entity is required to sell the debt security prior to recovery, the security is not considered other-than-temporarily impaired unless there are credit losses associated with the security. In that case: (1) where credit losses exist, the portion of the impairment related to those credit losses is recognized in earnings; (2) any remaining difference between the fair value and the cost basis is recognized as part of other comprehensive income. The entity is required to present on the face of the income statement both the total of any OTTI loss, and the noncredit portion recorded in other comprehensive income as an adjustment thereto. The entity is required to provide enhanced disclosures, including its methodology and key inputs used for determining the amount of credit losses recorded in earnings. On adoption, the noncredit portion of an OTTI previously recognized in retained earnings is reclassified to other comprehensive income as a cumulative effect adjustment if the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the security prior to recovery. The impairment model for equity securities is unaffected by this guidance. The Company adopted this standard effective April 1, 2009, the results of which are disclosed in Note 4—Investment Securities.

        The FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141R, Business Combinations (ASC 805). This requires an acquirer in a business combination to recognize the assets acquired (including loan receivables), the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, at their fair values as of that date, with limited exceptions. The acquirer is not permitted to recognize a separate valuation allowance as of the acquisition date for loans and other assets acquired in a business combination. The revised statement requires acquisition-related costs to be expensed separately from the acquisition. It also requires restructuring costs that the acquirer expected but was not obligated to incur, to be expensed separately from the business combination. FASB ASC 805-10 was applicable prospectively to business combinations completed on or after January 1, 2009, thus the Company's CBT acquisition during 2010 was accounted for under ASC Topic 805.

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions

        On January 29, 2010, the Company's wholly owned bank subsidiary, SCBT, N.A., entered into a purchase and assumption agreement (the "P&A Agreement"), including loss share arrangements, with the FDIC to purchase certain assets and assume substantially all of the deposits and certain liabilities

F-20


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)


of CBT, a full service Georgia state-chartered community bank headquartered in Cornelia, Georgia. CBT operated 38 locations, including 36 branches, one loan production office and one trust office in the northeast region of Georgia.

        Pursuant to the P&A Agreement, the Bank received a discount of $158.0 million on the assets acquired and did not pay the FDIC a premium to assume all customer deposits. The loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by a loss share agreement between the FDIC and the Bank. Under this loss share agreement, the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $233.0 million and 95% of losses that exceed that amount. Gains and recoveries on covered assets will offset losses, or be paid to the FDIC, at the applicable loss share percentage at the time of recovery. The loss sharing agreement applicable to single family residential mortgage loans provides for FDIC loss sharing and Bank reimbursement to the FDIC for ten years. The loss share agreement applicable to commercial loans provides for FDIC loss sharing for five years and Bank reimbursement to the FDIC for eight years. The loss share agreement applicable to single family loans provides for FDIC loss sharing for ten years and Bank reimbursement to the FDIC for ten years. As of the date of acquisition, we calculated the amount of such reimbursements that we expect to receive from the FDIC using the present value of anticipated cash flows from the covered assets based on the credit adjustments estimated for each pool of loans and the estimated losses on foreclosed assets. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, the FDIC Indemnification Asset was initially recorded at its fair value, and is measured separately from the loan assets and foreclosed assets because the loss sharing agreements are not contractually embedded in them or transferrable with them in the event of disposal. The balance of the FDIC Indemnification Asset increases and decreases as the expected and actual cash flows from the covered assets fluctuate, as loans are paid off or impaired and as loans and foreclosed assets are sold. There are no contractual interest rates on this contractual receivable from the FDIC; however, a discount was recorded against the initial balance of the FDIC Indemnification Asset in conjunction with the fair value measurement as this receivable will be collected over the term of the loss sharing agreements. This discount will be accreted to non-interest income over future periods.

        The Bank did not immediately acquire the real estate, banking facilities, furniture or equipment of CBT as a part of the P&A Agreement. However, the Bank had the option to purchase the real estate, furniture and equipment from the FDIC. The term of this option expired on April 29, 2010, 90 days from the date of the acquisition. On April 28, 2010, the Bank notified the FDIC that it planned to acquire seven bank facilities with an appraised value of approximately $10.9 million. In addition, the Bank notified the FDIC that it plans to purchase approximately $700,000 of furniture or equipment related to 27 locations being retained by the Bank. On October 27, 2010, the Bank settled the purchase of the assets above and settled other items that related to the January 29, 2010 acquisition, with a net payment to the FDIC of $3.9 million. There was no income statement or equity impact of this settlement on the financial statements of the Bank. These 27 banking facilities include both leased and owned locations. In late May and early June of 2010, the Bank closed 10 bank branches, 1 trust office, and converted the operating system of the acquired Georgia franchise.

        The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations. Both the purchased assets and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, especially the loan portfolio and foreclosed real estate, is a complicated process involving significant judgment regarding methods and assumptions used to calculate estimated fair values. Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information regarding the closing date fair values becomes available. As of December 31, 2010, there have been no adjustments or changes to the initial fair values related to the CBT

F-21


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)


acquisition. The purchase accounting adjustments and the loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC will significantly impact the effects of the acquired entity on the ongoing operations of the Company. Disclosure of pro forma financial information is also made more difficult by the troubled nature of CBT prior to the date of the combination. The Company has omitted pro forma information related to the CBT acquisition because of the pervasive federal assistance in the transaction.

        As of December 31, 2010, noninterest income includes a pre-tax gain of $98.1 million which resulted from the acquisition of CBT. The amount of the gain is equal to the amount by which the fair value of assets acquired exceeded the fair value of liabilities assumed. The Company recognized $5.5 million in merger-related expense during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.

F-22


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)

        The following table presents the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of January 29, 2010, as recorded by CBT on the acquisition date and as adjusted for purchase accounting adjustments.

(Dollars in thousands)
  As Recorded
by CBT
  Balances
Kept by
FDIC
  Balances
Acquired
from FDIC
  Fair Value
Adjustments
  As Recorded
by SCBT
 

Assets

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 80,615   $ (12 ) $ 80,603   $   $ 80,603  

Investment securities

    116,270     (10,046 )   106,224     (613 )(a)   105,611  

Loans

    828,223     (56,725 )   771,498     (312,033 )(b)   459,465  

Premises and equipment

    24,063     (24,015 )   48         48  

Intangible assets

                8,535 (c)   8,535  

FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreement

                276,789 (d)   276,789  

Other real estate owned and repossessed assets

    46,271     4,852     51,123     (25,194 )(e)   25,929  

Other assets

    26,414     (18,541 )   7,873         7,873  
                       
 

Total assets

  $ 1,121,856   $ (104,487 ) $ 1,017,369   $ (52,516 ) $ 964,853  
                       

Liabilities

                               

Deposits:

                               
 

Noninterest-bearing

  $ 107,617   $ (11,602 ) $ 96,015   $   $ 96,015  
 

Interest-bearing

    907,288     311     907,599     4,892 (f)   912,491  
                       
   

Total deposits

    1,014,905     (11,291 )   1,003,614     4,892     1,008,506  

Other borrowings

    80,250         80,250     2,316 (g)   82,566  

Other liabilities

    10,748     (3,614 )   7,134     194 (h)   7,328  
                       
 

Total liabilities

    1,105,903     (14,905 )   1,090,998     7,402     1,098,400  
                       

Net assets acquired over liablities assumed

  $ 15,953   $ (89,582 ) $ (73,629 ) $ (59,918 ) $ (133,547 )
                       

Excess of assets acquired over liabilities assumed

  $ 15,953   $ (89,582 ) $ (73,629 )            
                           

Aggregate fair value adjustments

                    $ (59,918 )      
                               

Cash received from the FDIC

                          $ 225,695  

Cash due from FDIC

                            5,933  
                               

Total cash received and due from the FDIC

                            231,628  
                               

Pre-tax gain on acquisition

                          $ 98,081  
                               

Explanation of fair value adjustments

Adjustment reflects:

(a)
Adjustment reflects marking the available-for-sale portfolio to fair value as of the acquisition date.

(b)
Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustments based on the Company's evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio.

F-23


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)

(c)
Adjustment reflects the recording of the core deposit intangible on the acquired deposit accounts.

(d)
Adjustment reflects the estimated fair value of payments the Company will receive from the FDIC under the loss share agreements.

(e)
Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustments to OREO based on the Company's evaluation of the acquired OREO portfolio.

(f)
Adjustment arises since the rates on interest-bearing deposits are higher than rates available on similar deposits as of the acquisition date.

(g)
Adjustment reflects the prepayment fee paid when Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances were completely paid off in early February 2010.

(h)
Adjustment reflects the fair value of leases assumed.

        Subsequent to year-end on February 18, 2011, the Company acquired Habersham Bank in a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC")-assisted deal. See Note 32—Subsequent Events for further disclosure.

Note 3—Restriction on Cash and Due from Banks

        The Bank is required to maintain a specified average amount of reserve funds in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The average amount of such required reserve funds at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $25,000 and $25,000, respectively.

Note 4—Investment Securities

        The following is the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities held to maturity:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

December 31, 2010:

                         

State and municipal obligations

  $ 19,941   $ 227   $ (18 ) $ 20,150  
                   

December 31, 2009:

                         

State and municipal obligations

  $ 21,538   $ 391   $ (28 ) $ 21,901  

F-24


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)

        The following is the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available for sale:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

December 31, 2010:

                         

Government-sponsored enterprises debt*

  $ 69,854   $ 844   $ (164 ) $ 70,534  

State and municipal obligations

    39,749     680     (425 )   40,004  

Government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

    83,045     1,752     (357 )   84,440  

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

    2,324         (290 )   2,034  

Corporate stocks

    256     106         362  
                   

  $ 195,228   $ 3,382   $ (1,236 ) $ 197,374  
                   

December 31, 2009:

                         

Government-sponsored enterprises debt*

  $ 36,785   $ 166   $ (336 ) $ 36,615  

State and municipal obligations

    26,727     489     (411 )   26,805  

Government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

    99,192     4,182     (106 )   103,268  

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

    12,042         (5,792 )   6,250  

Corporate stocks

    285     80         365  
                   

  $ 175,031   $ 4,917   $ (6,645 ) $ 173,303  
                   

*
—Government-sponsored enterprises debt are comprised of debt securities offered by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") or Freddie Mac, Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") or Fannie Mae, Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"), and Federal Farm Credit Banks ("FFCB").

        The following is the amortized cost and fair value of other investment securities:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  

December 31, 2010:

                         

Federal Reserve Bank stock

  $ 5,987   $   $   $ 5,987  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    13,278             13,278  

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

    1,332             1,332  
                   

  $ 20,597   $   $   $ 20,597  
                   

December 31, 2009:

                         

Federal Reserve Bank stock

  $ 5,987   $   $   $ 5,987  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    8,952             8,952  

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

    1,332             1,332  
                   

  $ 16,271   $   $   $ 16,271  
                   

F-25


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)

        The Company has determined that the investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank stock is not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2010 and ultimate recoverability of the par value of these investments is probable.

        The amortized cost and fair value of debt and equity securities at December 31, 2010 by contractual maturity are detailed below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties. Equity securities have no set maturity dates and are classified as "Due after ten years".

 
  Securities
Held to Maturity
  Securities
Available for Sale
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
 

Due in one year or less

  $ 340   $ 342   $ 251   $ 251  

Due after one year through five years

    260     260     5,814     5,925  

Due after five years through ten years

    5,119     5,230     42,359     42,602  

Due after ten years

    14,222     14,318     146,804     148,596  
                   

  $ 19,941   $ 20,150   $ 195,228   $ 197,374  
                   

        There were no sales or transfers of held-to-maturity securities during 2010, 2009 or 2008. The following table summarizes information with respect to sales of available-for-sale securities:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Sale proceeds

  $ 45,030   $ 2,410   $ 2,126  
               

Gross realized gains

  $ 1,559   $ 82   $ 340  

Gross realized losses

    (1,267 )       (383 )
               

Net realized gain (loss)

  $ 292   $ 82   $ (43 )
               

        The Company sold its entire position in Freddie Mac preferred stock during 2008. Prior to the sale, the Company recorded OTTI of $9.8 million related to Freddie Mac preferred stock during 2008.

        The Company had 62 securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2010. Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2010 and 2009, aggregated by

F-26


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)


investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position follows:

 
  Less Than Twelve Months   Twelve Months or More  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

December 31, 2010:

                         

Securities Held to Maturity

                         

State and municipal obligations

  $ 18   $ 3,050   $   $  
                   

  $ 18   $ 3,050   $   $  
                   

Securities Available for Sale

                         

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

  $ 164   $ 26,138   $   $  

State and municipal obligations

    229     12,402     196     1,350  

Mortgage-backed securities

    357     31,547          

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

            290     2,034  
                   

  $ 750   $ 70,087   $ 486   $ 3,384  
                   

December 31, 2009:

                         

Securities Held to Maturity

                         

State and municipal obligations

  $ 28   $ 4,308   $   $  
                   

  $ 28   $ 4,308   $   $  
                   

Securities Available for Sale

                         

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

  $ 336   $ 21,117   $   $  

State and municipal obligations

    13     3,281     398     4,400  

Mortgage-backed securities

    106     9,388          

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

            5,792     6,250  
                   

  $ 455   $ 33,786   $ 6,190   $ 10,650  
                   

        At December 31, 2010 and 2009, debt securities with unrealized losses had depreciated 1.6% and 12.0%, respectively, from their amortized cost basis. The unrealized losses in 2010 relate principally to some state and municipal obligations, government sponsored entities ("GSE") debentures and mortgage-backed securities whose spreads widened to U.S. Treasury securities in the midst of the current economic and liquidity environments. In analyzing an issuer's financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, the results of reviews of the issuer's financial condition, and the issuer's anticipated ability to pay the contractual cash flows of the investments. The Company does not currently intend to sell the securities within the portfolio and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt securities; therefore, management does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010. Management continues to monitor all of these securities with a high degree of scrutiny. There can be no assurance that the Company will not conclude in future periods that conditions existing at that time indicate some or all of these securities may be sold or are other than temporarily impaired, which would require a charge to earnings in such periods.

F-27


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)

        Management evaluates securities for OTTI at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) the outlook for receiving the contractual cash flows of the investments, (4) the anticipated outlook for changes in the general level of interest rates, and (5) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value or for a debt security whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security prior to recovering its fair value.

        At December 31, 2010 and 2009, investment securities with a carrying value of $60.6 million and $74.9 million, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds deposits and for other purposes required and permitted by law. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the carrying amount of the securities pledged to secure repurchase agreements was $76.3 million and $74.4 million, respectively.

        The following table presents a roll forward of recognized charges to earnings on certain trust preferred debt securities for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 4,922   $  

Additional fair market value losses on trust preferred debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized

             
 

PreTSL IX B-3

    1,284     699  
 

PreTSL X B-1

    1,550     1,882  
 

PreTSL X B-3

    431     528  
 

PreTSL XI B-1

    1,742     335  
 

PreTSL XIII B-2

    607     156  
 

PreTSL XIV

    1,026     307  
 

PreTSL XVI C

        1,015  
           
 

Net fair market value losses recognized in earnings

    6,640     4,922  
           

Balance at end of period

  $ 11,562   $ 4,922  
           

        The Company continued to evaluate the remaining TRUP, MMCaps I A, for OTTI. As of June 30, 2009, the Company adopted FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-than-Temporary Impairments, in FASB ASC 320-10-65-1 which requires that credit-related OTTI on debt securities be recognized in earnings while noncredit-related OTTI on debt securities not expected to be sold be recognized in other comprehensive income. As a result of this new standard, the Company recorded $4.9 million in credit-related OTTI charges in earnings in 2009. In addition, the Company recognized $5.5 million for the non-credit impairment associated with the same seven TRUPs in other comprehensive income (equity). During the first quarter of 2010, the Company concluded that there appeared to have been a change in the fundamental behavior and inclination of some issuers toward earlier deferrals or defaults on their payments in the trust preferred pools, and as a result the performance of the pools had decreased the probability that the Company would be able to recognize cash flows in excess of the estimated fair value of the securities. In addition, the Company decided to liquidate these securities before anticipated recovery given the impact of the changes in the nature of the Company's balance sheet and levels of classified assets to capital. As a result of this analysis, the Company had changed its intent and expectations relative to these securities, and had written these

F-28


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)


securities down to fair market value prior to their sale (reflecting both credit and non-credit related considerations). Accordingly, a $6.6 million charge was recognized in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2010. Additional OTTI charges of $130,000 and $83,000 were taken on equity securities for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company elected to sell seven of the eight pooled trust preferred securities at an incremental loss of $1.3 million. These realized losses are reflected in the income statement as a part of "Securities gains (losses), net".

        The remaining trust preferred security, MMCaps I A, is a senior security in a pool where deferral/default experience has been more predictable, and the Company currently expects to collect all contractual principal and interest. Any unrealized gain or loss related to this security has been recorded through other comprehensive income (equity), net of tax. At December 31, 2010, the book value of the MMCaps I A, which is rated A3/A by Moody's and Fitch, respectively, totaled $2.3 million with an estimated fair value of $2.0 million.

        On an ongoing basis, the Company reviews its investment portfolio for indications of impairment. This review includes analyzing the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been lower than the cost. The Company evaluates its intent and ability to hold investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in the market, including consideration of its investment strategy, cash flow needs, liquidity position, capital adequacy and interest rate risk position.

        As of December 31, 2010, the following table provides detail of the Company's pooled TRUP, which has been in an unrealized loss position greater than twelve months:

 
   
  Current Information for the Securities   Deferral/Default Statistics  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Excess Subordination(3)  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Receiving
Principal/
Interest
Contractually
at 12/31/10
  Deferral/
Defaults
% of Total
Collateral
Balance(2)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Class   # of
Issuers
  Book
Value
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Loss
  Credit
Ratings(1)
  Amount   % of
Current
Performing
Collateral
 

MMCaps I A

  Senior     26     2,324     2,034     (290 )   A3/A   Yes/Yes     25.5 %   46,413     24.5 %
                                                     
 

Total

            $ 2,324   $ 2,034   $ (290 )                            
                                                     

Notes to table above:

(1)
Credit Ratings represent Moody's and Fitch ratings (S&P does not rate this security).

(2)
This ratio represents the amount of specific deferrals/defaults that have occurred, plus those that are known or projected for the following quarters to the total amount of original collateral for a given deal. Fewer deferrals/defaults produce a lower ratio.

(3)
"Excess subordination" amount is the additional defaults/deferrals necessary in the next reporting period to deplete the entire credit enhancement (excess interest and over-collateralization) beneath our tranche within each pool to the point that would cause a "break in yield." This amount assumes that all currently performing collateral continues to perform. A break in yield means that our security would not be expected to receive all the contractual cash flows (principal and interest) by maturity. The "percent of current performing collateral" is the ratio of the "excess subordination amount" to current performing collateral—a higher percent means there is more excess subordination to absorb additional defaults/deferrals, and the better our security is protected from loss.

F-29


Table of Contents

Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

        The following is a summary of non-acquired loans at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009  

Non-acquired loans:

             
 

Commercial non-owner occupied real estate:

             
   

Construction and land development

  $ 422,041   $ 467,284  
   

Commercial non-owner occupied

    306,381     303,650  
           
     

Total commercial non-owner occupied real estate

    728,422     770,934  
 

Consumer real estate:

             
   

Consumer owner occupied

    322,637     284,484  
   

Home equity loans

    263,994     248,639  
           
     

Total consumer real estate

    586,631     533,123  
 

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    565,155     469,101  
 

Commercial and industrial

    202,987     214,174  
 

Other income producing property

    124,431     137,736  
 

Consumer

    67,768     68,770  
 

Other loans

    20,806     9,400  
           
   

Total non-acquired loans

    2,296,200     2,203,238  

Less, allowance for loan losses

    (47,512 )   (37,488 )
           
 

Non-acquired loans, net

  $ 2,248,688   $ 2,165,750  
           

        In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-30, the Company aggregated loans covered under loss share agreements that have common risk characteristics into pools within the following loan categories: commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million, commercial real estate, commercial real estate—construction and development, residential real estate, residential real estate junior lien, home equity, consumer, commercial and industrial, and single pay.

        The Company's loans covered under loss share agreements portfolio is comprised of the following balances net of related discount:

 
  December 31, 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Loans
Impaired
at Acquisition
  Loans
Not Impaired
at Acquisition
  Total  

Loans covered under loss share agreements:

                   

Commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million

  $ 32,744   $ 51,544   $ 84,288  

Commercial real estate

    21,302     45,326     66,628  

Commercial real estate—construction and development

    15,262     17,050     32,312  

Residential real estate

    45,299     42,246     87,545  

Residential real estate junior lien

    2,100     1,573     3,673  

Home equity

    496     1,023     1,519  

Consumer

    5,879     5,036     10,915  

Commercial and industrial

    10,821     13,921     24,742  

Single pay

    9,156     260     9,416  
               
 

Total loans covered under loss share agreements

  $ 143,059   $ 177,979   $ 321,038  
               

F-30


Table of Contents

Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        Contractual loan payments receivable, estimates of amounts not expected to be collected, other fair value adjustments and the resulting fair values of loans covered under loss share agreement impaired and non-impaired at acquisition date (January 29, 2010—refined) are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Loans
Impaired
at Acquisition
  Loans
Not Impaired
at Acquisition
  Total  

Contractual principal and interest

  $ 450,691   $ 350,309   $ 801,000  

Non-accretable difference

    (210,024 )   (102,274 )   (312,298 )
               

Cash flows expected to be collected

    240,667     248,035     488,702  

Accretable yield

    (7,431 )   (21,806 )   (29,237 )
               

Carrying value

  $ 233,236   $ 226,229   $ 459,465  
               

        During 2010, the Company refined certain assumptions and loan pools which resulted in changes in the line items of the table above. The changes did not result in a change in the carrying value initially recorded.

        Contractual loan payments receivable, estimates of amounts not expected to be collected, other fair value adjustments and the resulting fair values of loans covered under loss share agreement impaired and non-impaired as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Loans
Impaired
at Acquisition
  Loans
Not Impaired
at Acquisition
  Total  

Contractual principal and interest

  $ 301,080   $ 303,153   $ 604,233  

Non-accretable difference

    (140,723 )   (97,789 )   (238,512 )
               

Cash flows expected to be collected

    160,357     205,364     365,722  

Accretable yield

    (17,298 )   (27,386 )   (44,684 )
               

Carrying value

  $ 143,059   $ 177,979   $ 321,038  
               

        Income on loans covered under loss share agreement that are not impaired at acquisition date is recognized in the same manner as loans impaired at acquisition date. A portion of the fair value discount on acquired non-impaired loans has been ascribed as an accretable yield that is accreted into interest income over the estimated remaining life of the loans. The remaining nonaccretable difference represents cash flows not expected to be collected.

        The unpaid principal balance for acquired loans was $519.2 million at December 31, 2010, and $771.5 million at January 29, 2010.

        The following are changes in the carrying value of loans covered under loss share agreement at acquisition date during the year ended December 31, 2010:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Loans
Impaired
at Acquisition
  Loans
Not Impaired
at Acquisition
  Total  

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $   $   $  

Fair value of acquired loans

    233,236     226,229     459,465  

Reductions for payments and foreclosures

    (90,177 )   (48,250 )   (138,427 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 143,059   $ 177,979   $ 321,038  
               

F-31


Table of Contents

Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        The following are changes in the carrying amount of accretable difference for purchased impaired and non-impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2010:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Beginning balance January 29, 2010

  $ 29,236  

Interest income

    (19,919 )

Improved cash flows not affecting nonaccretable difference

    35,367  
       

Ending balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 44,684  
       

        The Company reviewed its forecast of expected cash flows for loans accounted for under FASB Topic 310-30 during 2010, and recognized improvement in the cash flow expectations. The cash flow improvement results from renewals of performing loans and projected maturities. This change results in a yield adjustment on the loan pools on a prospective basis.

        An aggregated analysis of the changes in allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 37,488   $ 31,525   $ 26,570  
 

Loans charged-off

    (46,817 )   (22,050 )   (6,754 )
 

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

    2,559     1,301     973  
               
 

Net charge-offs

    (44,258 )   (20,749 )   (5,781 )
 

Provision for loan losses

    54,282     26,712     10,736  
               

Balance at end of period

  $ 47,512   $ 37,488   $ 31,525  
               

        As of December 31, 2010, no provision has been made to date for loans covered under loss share agreement.

F-32


Table of Contents

Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        The following tables present a disaggregated analysis of activity in the allowance for loan losses and loan balances for non-acquired loans for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

(Dollars in thousands)
  Construction
& Land
Development
  Commercial
Non-owner
Occupied
  Commerical
Owner
Occupied
  Consumer
Owner
Occupied
  Home
Equity
  Commercial
& Industrial
  Other
Income
Producing
Property
  Consumer   Other
Loans
  Total  

2010

                                                             

Allowance for loan losses:

                                                             
 

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 9,169   $ 5,792   $ 5,978   $ 4,635   $ 3,751   $ 4,330   $ 2,375   $ 1,258   $ 200   $ 37,488  
   

Charge-offs

    (19,150 )   (3,011 )   (2,625 )   (7,285 )   (2,490 )   (9,138 )   (338 )   (2,780 )       (46,817 )
   

Recoveries

    785     29     126     149     45     713     6     706         2,559  
   

Provision

    23,438     3,618     4,335     8,561     3,118     8,408     791     2,007     6     54,282  
                                           
 

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 14,242   $ 6,428   $ 7,814   $ 6,060   $ 4,424   $ 4,313   $ 2,834   $ 1,191   $ 206   $ 47,512  
                                           
 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 1,718   $ 1,444   $ 830   $ 80   $   $ 36   $ 28   $   $   $ 4,136  
                                           
 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 12,524   $ 4,984   $ 6,984   $ 5,980   $ 4,424   $ 4,277   $ 2,806   $ 1,191   $ 206   $ 43,376  
                                           

Loans:

                                                             
 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 23,081   $ 10,948   $ 10,747   $ 1,540   $   $ 1,144   $ 3,153   $   $   $ 50,613  
 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

    398,960     295,433     554,408     321,097     263,994     201,843     121,278     67,768     20,806     2,245,587  
                                           
 

Total non-acquired loans

  $ 422,041   $ 306,381   $ 565,155   $ 322,637   $ 263,994   $ 202,987   $ 124,431   $ 67,768   $ 20,806   $ 2,296,200  
                                           

2009

                                                             

Allowance for loan losses:

                                                             
 

Balance, December 31, 2008

  $ 7,779   $ 4,181   $ 4,865   $ 3,774   $ 3,135   $ 3,936   $ 1,890   $ 1,511   $ 454   $ 31,525  
   

Charge-offs

    (9,593 )   (3,143 )   (571 )   (2,286 )   (1,054 )   (2,528 )   (867 )   (2,005 )   (3 )   (22,050 )
   

Recoveries

    107     274     4     27     11     192     3     681     2     1,301  
   

Provision

    10,876     4,480     1,680     3,120     1,659     2,730     1,349     1,071     (253 )   26,712  
                                           
 

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 9,169   $ 5,792   $ 5,978   $ 4,635   $ 3,751   $ 4,330   $ 2,375   $ 1,258   $ 200   $ 37,488  
                                           
 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 1,627   $ 1,259   $ 441   $ 125   $   $ 259   $ 330   $   $   $ 4,041  
                                           
 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 7,542   $ 4,533   $ 5,537   $ 4,510   $ 3,751   $ 4,071   $ 2,045   $ 1,258   $ 200   $ 33,447  
                                           

Loans:

                                                             
 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 17,596   $ 6,555   $ 7,078   $ 744   $   $ 936   $ 1,801   $   $   $ 34,710  
 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

    449,688     297,095     462,023     283,740     248,639     213,238     135,935     68,770     9,400     2,168,528  
                                           
 

Total non-acquired loans

  $ 467,284   $ 303,650   $ 469,101   $ 284,484   $ 248,639   $ 214,174   $ 137,736   $ 68,770   $ 9,400   $ 2,203,238  
                                           

        As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Company's loan portfolio, management tracks certain credit quality indicators including trends related to (i) the weighted-average risk grade, (ii) the level of classified loans, (iii) net charge-offs, (iv) non-performing loans (see details below) and (v) the general economic conditions of the markets that we serve.

        The Company utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its loans. A description of the general characteristics of the risk grades is as follows:

F-33


Table of Contents

Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        The following table presents the credit risk profile by risk grade of commercial loans for non-acquired loans at December 31:

 
  Construction
& Land
Development
  Commercial
Non-owner
Occupied
  Commercial
Owner
Occupied
  Commercial
& Industrial
  Other Income
Producing Property
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2010   2009   2010   2009   2010   2009   2010   2009  

Pass

  $ 314,762   $ 328,617   $ 244,875   $ 255,606   $ 489,936   $ 398,552   $ 190,608   $ 194,369   $ 101,441   $ 113,265  

Special mention

    40,463     55,306     37,487     27,040     38,204     44,129     8,104     6,053     10,074     10,335  

Substandard

    66,816     82,869     24,018     20,778     36,785     26,330     4,275     13,752     12,872     14,053  

Doubtful

        492         227     231     90             44     83  
                                           

  $ 422,041   $ 467,284   $ 306,381   $ 303,650   $ 565,155   $ 469,101   $ 202,987   $ 214,174   $ 124,431   $ 137,736  
                                           

        The following table presents the credit risk profile by risk grade of consumer loans for non-acquired loans at December 31:

 
  Consumer Owner Occupied   Home Equity   Consumer   Other  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2010   2009   2010   2009   2010   2009  

Pass

  $ 286,335   $ 255,404   $ 248,295   $ 235,772   $ 66,776   $ 68,090   $ 20,806   $ 9,400  

Special mention

    17,919     8,514     7,794     4,232     532     181          

Substandard

    18,383     19,605     7,906     8,376     461     477          

Doubtful

        961         259         22          
                                   

  $ 322,637   $ 284,484   $ 263,994   $ 248,639   $ 67,768   $ 68,770   $ 20,806   $ 9,400  
                                   

        At December 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of non-acquired substandard and doubtful loans totaled $172 million. When these loans are combined with non-acquired OREO of $17 million, our non-acquired classified assets (as defined by our primary federal regulator) were $189 million. At December 31, 2009, the amounts were $188 million, $3 million and $195 million, respectively.

F-34


Table of Contents

Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        The following table presents the credit risk profile by risk grade loans covered under loss share agreement net of the related discount at December 31:

 
  Commercial Loans
Greater Than or
Equal to $1 Million
  Commercial
Real Estate
  Commercial
Real Estate—
Construction and
Development
  Residential
Real Estate
  Residential
Real Estate—
Junior Lien
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2010   2009   2010   2009   2010   2009   2010   2009  

Pass

  $ 26,395   $   $ 29,506   $   $ 11,897   $   $ 42,807   $   $ 2,219   $  

Special mention

    10,317         10,048         3,218         10,470         93      

Substandard

    46,952         26,696         16,877         33,112         1,112      

Doubtful

    624         378         320         1,156         249      
                                           

  $ 84,288   $   $ 66,628   $   $ 32,312   $   $ 87,545   $   $ 3,673   $  
                                           

 

 
  Home Equity   Consumer   Commercial
and Industrial
  Single Pay  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2010   2009   2010   2009   2010   2009  

Pass

  $ 1,069   $   $ 7,401   $   $ 10,482   $   $ 258   $  

Special mention

    156         528         3,389         65      

Substandard

    294         2,828         10,503         8,877      

Doubtful

            158         368         216      
                                   

  $ 1,519   $   $ 10,915   $   $ 24,742   $   $ 9,416   $  
                                   

        The risk grading of acquired loans is determined utilizing a loan's contractual balance, while the amount recorded in the financial statements and reflected above is the fair value. In an FDIC assisted acquisition, acquired loans are recorded at their fair value, including a credit discount due to the high concentration of substandard and doubtful loans. In addition to the credit discount, the Company's risk of loss is mitigated because of the FDIC loss share arrangement.

        An aging analysis of past due loans, segregated by class for non-acquired loans, as of December 31, 2010 was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  30-59 Days
Past Due
  60-89 Days
Past Due
  90+ Days
Past Due
and Accruing
  Total
Past
Due
  Nonaccruals   Current   Total
Loans
 

Commercial real estate:

                                           
 

Construction and land development

  $ 3,304   $ 1,133   $   $ 4,437   $ 28,390   $ 389,214   $ 422,041  
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

    779     240         1,019     10,073     295,289     306,381  
 

Commercial owner occupied

    1,063     453         1,516     13,056     550,583     565,155  

Consumer real estate:

                                           
 

Consumer owner occupied

    1,626     1,086     16     2,728     7,176     312,733     322,637  
 

Home equity loans

    725     79     14     818     2,517     260,659     263,994  

Commercial and industrial

   
622
   
98
   
   
720
   
1,282
   
200,985
   
202,987
 

Other income producing property

    806     103     18     927     6,356     117,676     124,431  

Consumer

    597     175     33     805     176     66,259     67,768  

Other loans

    35     16     37     88         20,718     20,806  
                               

  $ 9,557   $ 3,383   $ 118   $ 13,058   $ 69,026   $ 2,214,116   $ 2,296,200  
                               

F-35


Table of Contents

Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        An aging analysis of past due loans, segregated by class for non-acquired loans, as of December 31, 2009 was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  30-59 Days Past Due   60-89 Days Past Due   90+ Days Past Due and Accruing   Total Past Due   Nonaccruals   Current   Total Loans  

Commercial real estate:

                                           
 

Construction and land development

  $ 992   $ 7,714   $   $ 8,706   $ 23,195   $ 435,383   $ 467,284  
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

    130               130     7,862     295,658     303,650  
 

Commercial owner occupied

    2,752     375     50     3,177     7,667     458,257     469,101  

Consumer real estate:

                                           
 

Consumer owner occupied

    1,357     426     1     1,784     5,917     276,783     284,484  
 

Home equity loans

    937     100         1,037     743     246,859     248,639  

Commercial and industrial

   
1,225
   
156
   
95
   
1,476
   
1,126
   
211,572
   
214,174
 

Other income producing property

    754     589         1,343     2,699     133,694     137,736  

Consumer

    700     264     56     1,020     282     67,468     68,770  

Other loans

    73     84     39     196     1     9,203     9,400  
                               

  $ 8,920   $ 9,708   $ 241   $ 18,869   $ 49,492   $ 2,134,877   $ 2,203,238  
                               

        An aging analysis of past due loans, segregated by type for loans covered under loss share agreement, as of December 31, 2010 was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  30-59 Days
Past Due
  60-89 Days
Past Due
  90+ Days
Past Due
and Accruing
  Total
Past
Due
  Nonaccruals   Current   Total
Loans
 

Commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million

  $ 3,993   $   $ 30,220   $ 34,213   $   $ 50,075   $ 84,288  

Commercial real estate

    1,067     458     14,240     15,764         50,864     66,628  

Commercial real estate—construction and development

    1,197     499     10,915     12,610         19,702     32,312  

Residential real estate

    2,508     1,397     20,077     23,982         63,563     87,545  

Residential real estate junior lien

    165     59     863     1,087         2,586     3,673  

Home Equity

    15     56     101     173         1,346     1,519  

Consumer

    614     323     1,303     2,240         8,675     10,915  

Commercial and indsutrial

    1,533     470     6,986     8,990         15,752     24,742  

Single Pay

            8,900     8,900         516     9,416  
                               

  $ 11,092   $ 3,262   $ 93,605   $ 107,959   $   $ 213,079   $ 321,038  
                               

F-36


Table of Contents

Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired non-acquired loans as of December 31 was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
  Recorded
Investment
With No
Allowance
  Gross
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
  Total
Recorded
Investment
  Related
Allowance
  Average
Recorded
Investment
 

December 31, 2010

                                     

Commercial real estate:

                                     
 

Construction and land development

  $ 29,656   $ 13,362   $ 9,719   $ 23,081   $ 1,718   $ 20,338  
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

    12,902     5,824     5,124     10,948     1,444     8,752  
 

Commercial owner occupied

    11,279     5,353     5,394     10,747     830     8,913  

Consumer real estate:

                                     
 

Consumer owner occupied

    1,725         1,540     1,540     80     1,143  
 

Home equity loans

                         

Commercial and industrial

    1,145         1,144     1,144     36     1,040  

Other income producing property

    4,402     2,246     907     3,153     28     2,477  

Consumer

                         

Other loans

                         
                           
   

Total impaired loans

  $ 61,109   $ 26,785   $ 23,828   $ 50,613   $ 4,136   $ 42,663  
                           

December 31, 2009

                                     

Commercial real estate:

                                     
 

Construction and land development

  $ 22,042   $ 7,610   $ 9,986   $ 17,596   $ 1,627   $ 15,307  
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

    6,913     3,528     3,027     6,555     1,259     4,092  
 

Commercial owner occupied

    7,164     3,662     3,416     7,078     441     3,871  

Consumer real estate:

                                     
 

Consumer owner occupied

    813     314     430     744     125     756  
 

Home equity loans

                         

Commercial and industrial

    1,066     565     371     936     259     646  

Other income producing property

    1,988     523     1,278     1,801     330     1,177  

Consumer

                        29  

Other loans

                         
                           
   

Total impaired loans

  $ 39,986   $ 16,202   $ 18,508   $ 34,710   $ 4,041   $ 25,878  
                           

        Loans covered under loss share agreements are accounted for in pools as shown on page F-31. Currently there is no incremental allowance related to these loans, therefore, the table above only pertains to non-acquired loans.

F-37


Table of Contents

Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        The following is a summary of information pertaining to non-acquired nonaccrual loans by class, including restructured loans, at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009  

Commercial non-owner occupied real estate:

             
 

Construction and land development

  $ 27,207   $ 23,195  
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

    8,407     7,862  
 

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    10,499     5,620  
           
   

Total commercial non-owner occupied real estate

    46,113     36,677  

Consumer real estate:

             
 

Consumer owner occupied

    6,865     5,915  
 

Home equity loans

    2,517     743  
           
   

Total consumer real estate

    9,382     6,658  

Commercial and industrial

    1,282     1,126  

Other income producing property

    5,708     2,699  

Consumer

    176     282  

Other loans

        2  

Restructured loans

    6,365     2,048  
           

  $ 69,026   $ 49,492  
           

        Loans covered under loss share agreement that are 30-89 days past due continue to accrue accretable yield under the accretion method accounting.

Note 6—Receivable from FDIC for Loss Share Agreements

        The following table provides changes in the receivable from the FDIC during 2010:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Beginning balance January 29, 2010

  $ 276,789  

Accretion of discounts and premiums, net

    2,443  

Reimbursable expenses claimed

    4,246  

Reimbursements from FDIC

    (71,376 )
       

Ending balance December 31, 2010

  $ 212,103  
       

        The FDIC receivable for loss share agreements is measured separately from the related covered assets and is recorded at fair value. The fair value was estimated using projected cash flows related to the loss share agreements based on the expected reimbursements for losses and the applicable loss share percentages. At December 31, 2010, the Company estimated that $33.5 million was currently receivable from the FDIC. Subsequent to year-end, the Company received $33.4 million, including reimbursable expenses.

F-38


Table of Contents

Note 7—Other Real Estate Owned

        The following is a summary of information pertaining to OREO at December 31, 2010:

(Dollars in thousands)
  OREO   Covered
OREO
  Total  

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 3,102   $   $ 3,102  
 

Acquired in CBT Acquisition

        25,876     25,876  
 

Additions

    25,585     55,947     81,532  
 

Writedowns

    (2,773 )       (2,773 )
 

Sold

    (8,650 )   (12,506 )   (21,156 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 17,264   $ 69,317   $ 86,581  
               

        The covered OREO above is covered pursuant to the FDIC loss share agreement which is discussed in Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions.

Note 8—Premises and Equipment

        Premises and equipment consisted of the following:

 
   
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Useful Life   2010   2009  

Land

        $ 23,302   $ 21,034  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

    15-40 years     63,997     52,406  

Equipment and furnishings

    3-10 years     37,732     30,674  

Construction in process

          845     180  
                 
 

Total

          125,876     104,294  

Less accumulated depreciation

          (38,495 )   (32,465 )
                 

        $ 87,381   $ 71,829  
                 

        Depreciation expense charged to operations was $7.0 million, $5.9 million, and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

        Computer software with an original cost of $5.1 million is being amortized using the straight-line method over thirty-six months. Amortization expense totaled $633,000, $492,000, and $439,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

Note 9—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        In accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, the Company ceased amortization of goodwill as of January 1, 2002. The Company has determined that there has been no impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2010.

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 62,888  
       

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 62,888  
       

F-39


Table of Contents

Note 9—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

        The Company's other intangible assets, consisting primarily of core deposit intangibles, are included in "Other assets". The following is a summary of gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of core deposit intangibles at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009  

Gross carrying amount

  $ 17,338   $ 8,803  

Accumulated amortization

    (7,621 )   (5,996 )
           

  $ 9,717   $ 2,807  
           

        Amortization expense totaled $1.7 million, $526,000, and $544,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Core deposit intangibles are amortized using either the straight-line method or the accelerated basis of their estimated useful lives, with lives generally between 2 and 10 years. Estimated amortization expense for core deposit intangibles for each of the next five years is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Years ending December 31:

       

2011

  $ 1,623  

2012

    1,500  

2013

    1,388  

2014

    1,279  

2015

    1,050  
       

  $ 6,840  
       

Note 10—Deposits

        The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $530.8 million and $446.6 million, respectively. The Company did not have brokered certificates of deposit at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

        At December 31, 2010, the scheduled maturities of time deposits of all denominations are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Years ending December 31:

       

2011

  $ 1,011,669  

2012

    68,272  

2013

    11,712  

2014

    10,809  

2015

    25,434  

Thereafter

    1,996  
       

  $ 1,129,892  
       

Note 11—Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

        Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature within one to three days from the transaction date, but may have maturities as long as nine months per our policies. Certain of the borrowings have no defined maturity date. Securities sold under agreements

F-40


Table of Contents

Note 11—Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase (Continued)


to repurchase are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The Company monitors the fair value of the underlying securities on a daily basis. Some securities underlying these agreements include arrangements to resell securities from broker-dealers approved by the Company. Information concerning federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are below:

 
  December 31, 2010  
 
  2010   2009   2008  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate  

At period-end:

                                     
 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

  $ 191,017     0.28 % $ 162,515     0.26 % $ 172,393     0.28 %

Average for the year:

                                     
 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

  $ 214,096     0.29 % $ 208,565     0.24 % $ 271,143     2.00 %

Maximum month-end balance:

                                     
 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

  $ 266,818         $ 256,908         $ 352,162        

F-41


Table of Contents

Note 12—Other Borrowings

        The Company's other borrowings were as follows as of December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009  

FHLB advances with various maturity dates (ranging from slightly more than one year to fourteen years), various contractual terms, and various repayment schedules with fixed rates of interest; net of discount of $0 and $31 in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Outstanding FHLB advances were repaid in the first quarter of 2010. 

  $   $ 80,326  

Subordinated Term Loan with a variable interest rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate (0.25% at December 31, 2009) plus a spread of 350 basis points per annum, payable quarterly; matures on September 30, 2015; net of discount on loan fee of $0 and $210 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The subordinated term loan was repaid during the fourth quarter of 2010. 

   
   
14,790
 

SCBT Capital Trust III junior subordinated debt with a fixed interest rate of 5.92% for ten years and thereafter at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 159 basis points adjusted quarterly; matures on July 18, 2035, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after September 15, 2012 for the outstanding principal plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis. 

   
20,619
   
20,619
 

SCBT Capital Trust I junior subordinated debt with a variable interest rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 179 basis points adjusted quarterly; matures on June 15, 2035, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after June 30, 2010 for the principal outstanding plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis. 

   
12,372
   
12,372
 

SCBT Capital Trust II junior subordinated debt with a fixed interest rate of 6.37%until June 15, 2010 and thereafter at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 179 basis points adjusted quarterly; matures on June 15, 2035, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after June 30, 2010 for the principal outstanding plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis. 

   
8,248
   
8,248
 

TSB Statutory Trust I junior subordinated debt with a variable interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 172 basis points and pays interest quarterly; rate is subject to quarterly resets; matures on March 14, 2037, and can be called by the issuer without penalty in five years (December 2011); net of discount of $28 and $59 on December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis. 

   
3,065
   
3,034
 

Other

   
2,674
   
4,235
 
           

 
$

46,978
 
$

143,624
 
           

FHLB Advances

        The Company has from time-to-time entered into borrowing agreements with the FHLB. Advances under these agreements are collateralized by stock in the FHLB, qualifying first and second mortgage residential loans, and commercial real estate loans under a blanket-floating lien.

F-42


Table of Contents

Note 12—Other Borrowings (Continued)

        During February and March of 2010, all outstanding FHLB advances were repaid. The total repayment of FHLB advances was $160.5 million, consisting of $80.3 million in legacy SCBT advances and $80.2 million of advances purchased in the CBT acquisition. The Company paid a prepayment fee of $3.2 million to the FHLB related to the early repayment of the legacy SCBT advances.

        There were no advances outstanding at December 31, 2010. Net eligible loans of the Company pledged via a blanket lien to the FHLB for advances and letters of credit at December 31, 2010, were approximately $384.9 million which allows the Company a total borrowing capacity at FHLB of approximately $201.0 million. After accounting for letters of credit totaling $101.2 million, the Company had unused net credit available with the FHLB in the amount of approximately $99.8 million at December 31, 2010.

        The maximum FHLB advances outstanding at any month-end for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $160.5 million and $88.5 million, respectively. The average amount outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $20.6 million and $84.3 million, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was 3.45% and 3.40%, respectively.

Junior Subordinated Debt

        The obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance of the capital securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the Trusts' obligations with respect to the capital securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related capital securities.

        As of December 31, 2010, the sole assets of the Trusts were an aggregate of $44.3 million of the Company's junior subordinated debt securities with like maturities and like interest rates to the trust preferred securities.

        For regulatory purposes, the junior subordinated debt securities may be classified as Tier 1 Capital. The trust preferred securities represent a minority investment in an unconsolidated subsidiary, which is currently included in Tier 1 Capital so long as it does not exceed 25% of total Tier 1 Capital.

        Principal maturities of other borrowings are summarized below:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Junior
Subordinated
Debt
  Other   Total  

Years Ended December 31,

                   

2011

  $   $ 1,361   $ 1,361  

2012

        1,313     1,313  

2013

             

2014

             

2015

             

Thereafter

    44,304         44,304  
               

  $ 44,304   $ 2,674   $ 46,978  
               

F-43


Table of Contents

Note 13—Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Current:

                   
 

Federal

  $ 2,898   $ 9,064   $ 8,580  
 

State

    2,069     744     803  
               

Total current tax expense

    4,967     9,808     9,383  
               

Deferred:

                   
 

Federal

    23,211     (2,925 )   (874 )
 

State

    768          
               

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

    23,979     (2,925 )   (874 )
               

Provision for income taxes

  $ 28,946   $ 6,883   $ 8,509  
               

        The provision for income taxes differs from that computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate of 35% to income before provision for income taxes, as indicated in the following analysis:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Income taxes at federal statutory rate

  $ 28,290   $ 7,167   $ 8,503  

Increase (reduction) of taxes resulting from:

                   
 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

    1,844     484     522  
 

Tax-exempt interest

    (834 )   (637 )   (637 )
 

Income tax credits

    (584 )   (423 )   (324 )
 

Dividends received deduction

    (2 )       (74 )
 

Other, net

    232     292     519  
               

  $ 28,946   $ 6,883   $ 8,509  
               

F-44


Table of Contents

Note 13—Income Taxes (Continued)

        The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets at December 31 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009  

Allowance for loan losses

  $ 17,046   $ 13,325  

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

    80     1,823  

Securities available for sale

    714     658  

Share-based compensation

    766     533  

Pension plan and post-retirement benefits

    551     480  

Deferred compensation

    251     436  

Purchase accounting adjustments

    1,075     397  

Net operating loss carryforwards

    892     892  

Other

    306     38  
           
 

Total deferred tax assets

    21,680     18,582  
           

Gain on FDIC assisted transaction deferred for tax purposes

    26,744      

Unrealized losses on investment securities available for sale

    718      

Depreciation

    1,756     1,886  

Intangible assets

    1,535     1,500  

Deferred loan fees

    1,606     1,194  

Prepaid expense

    583     349  

Other

    285     395  
           
 

Total deferred tax liabilities

    33,227     5,324  
           
 

Net deferred tax asset (liability) before

             
   

valuation allowance

    (11,548 )   13,258  
           

Less, valuation allowance

    (892 )   (894 )
           
 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

  $ (12,440 ) $ 12,364  
           

        At December 31, 2010, the Company had operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $20.3 million available to offset future taxable income. The carryforwards expire in varying amounts through 2023. The valuation allowance is based on management's estimate of the ultimate realization of the parent company's deferred tax asset. The parent company's deferred tax asset mostly relates to net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes.

F-45


Table of Contents

Note 14—Other Expense

        The following is a summary of the components of other noninterest expense:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Data and computer services

  $ 9,144   $ 5,557   $ 4,878  

Business development and staff related

    3,256     1,947     2,184  

Bankcard services

    2,812     1,333     1,220  

Property and sales tax

    1,487     1,140     915  

Office supplies

    1,678     1,006     1,074  

Retail products

    483     341     426  

Postage

    1,385     797     814  

Other loan expense

    862     557     548  

Other

    672     2,269     2,780  
               

  $ 21,779   $ 14,947   $ 14,839  
               

        The Company incurs expenses related to the assets indemnified by the FDIC and pursuant to the loss share agreement certain costs are reimbursable by the FDIC and are included in monthly and quarterly claims made by the Company. The estimates of reimbursements are netted against these covered expenses in the income statement.

Note 15—Earnings Per Common Share

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Numerator:

                   
 

Net income available to common shareholders -

                   
   

numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share

  $ 51,882   $ 8,921   $ 15,785  
               

Denominator:

                   
 

Denominator for basic earnings per share -

                   
   

weighted-average shares outstanding

    12,618     12,061     10,301  

Effect of dilutive securities:

                   
 

Employee stock options and restricted stock

    102     48     93  
               

Dilutive potential shares:

                   
 

Denominator for diluted earnings per

                   
   

share—adjusted weighted-average shares

    12,720     12,109     10,394  
               

Basic earnings per common share

  $ 4.11   $ 0.74   $ 1.53  
               

Diluted earnings per common share

  $ 4.08   $ 0.74   $ 1.52  
               

        The calculation of diluted earnings per common share excludes outstanding stock options that have exercise prices greater than the average market price of the common shares for the year as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Number of shares

    152,919     253,313     57,095  

Range of exercise prices

  $ 27.57 to $40.99   $ 25.53 to $39.74   $ 32.82 to $39.74  

F-46


Table of Contents

Note 16—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

        The components of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss and the related tax effects for the Company's retirement plan and post retirement benefits plan were as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Retirement plan:

                   
 

Net (loss) gain

  $ (1,135 ) $ 1,717   $ (7,222 )
 

Effect of curtailment

        1,974      
 

Credit to accumulated other comprehensive income for measurement date change

            24  
 

Amortization of prior service cost

            (173 )
 

Amortization of loss

    260     307     315  
               

    (875 )   3,998     (7,056 )
               

Post-retirement benefits:

                   
 

Net loss

    (93 )   (125 )   (130 )
 

Transition obligation

    (58 )   (89 )   (121 )
               

    (151 )   (214 )   (251 )
               

Net change in unrecognized amounts

    (1,026 )   3,784     (7,307 )

Tax effect

    512     (1,222 )   2,711  
               
 

Net-of-tax amount

  $ (514 ) $ 2,562   $ (4,596 )
               

F-47


Table of Contents

Note 16—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Continued)

        The components of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss and the related tax effects for the Company's available for sale securities and cash flow hedges were as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities:

                   

Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

  $ (1,323 ) $ 7,516   $ (14,930 )

Less, reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses

                   
 

realized in net income

    (292 )   (82 )   9,927  
               

Net change in unrealized holding gains (losses)

    (1,615 )   7,434     (5,003 )

Tax effect

    574     (2,639 )   1,901  
               
 

Net-of-tax amount

  $ (1,041 ) $ 4,795   $ (3,102 )
               

Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses:

                   

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

  $ (1,281 ) $ (10,494 ) $  

Less, reclassification adjustment of credit portion included in net income

    6,770     5,005      
               

Net noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses

    5,489     (5,489 )    

Tax effect

    (1,949 )   1,949        
               
 

Net-of-tax amount

  $ 3,540   $ (3,540 ) $  
               

Cash flow hedges:

                   

Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges

  $ (613 ) $ (21 ) $  

Tax effect

    218     7      
               
 

Net-of-tax amount

  $ (395 ) $ (14 ) $  
               

F-48


Table of Contents

Note 16—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Continued)

        The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Benefit
Plans
  Unrealized
(Losses) Gains
on Securities
Available
for Sale
  Noncredit
Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairment
Losses
  Cash Flow
Hedges
  Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

  $ (2,268 ) $ 781   $   $   $ (1,487 )
 

Change in pension and retiree medical plan

    (4,596 )               (4,596 )
 

Change in net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

        (3,102 )           (3,102 )
                       

Balance at December 31, 2008

    (6,864 )   (2,321 )           (9,185 )
 

Change in pension and retiree medical plan

    1,279                 1,279  
 

Change in pension liability for plan curtailment

    1,283                 1,283  
 

Change in net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

        1,255             1,255  
 

Reclassification of noncredit other-than-temporary impairment losses on available-for-sale securities

        3,540     (3,540 )        
 

Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges

                (14 )   (14 )
                       

Balance at December 31, 2009

    (4,302 )   2,474     (3,540 )   (14 )   (5,382 )
 

Change in pension and retiree medical plan

    (514 )               (514 )
 

Change in net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

        (1,041 )   3,540         2,499  
 

Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges

                (395 )   (395 )
                       

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ (4,816 ) $ 1,433   $   $ (409 ) $ (3,792 )
                       

Note 17—Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends, Loans, or Advances

        The Company pays cash dividends to shareholders from its assets, which are mainly provided by dividends from its banking subsidiary. However, certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of its subsidiary to transfer funds to the Company in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. The approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to pay dividends in excess of the subsidiary's net profits for the current year plus retained net profits (net profits less dividends paid) for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately $58.4 million and $23.0 million of the bank's retained earnings were available for distribution to the Company as dividends without prior regulatory approval. In addition, dividends paid by the bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank's capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.

        Under Federal Reserve regulations, the bank is also limited as to the amount it may lend to the Company. The maximum amount available for transfer from the bank to the Company in the form of loans or advances was approximately $73.9 million and $64.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

F-49


Table of Contents

Note 18—Retirement Plans

        The Company and its subsidiary have a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering all employees hired on or before December 31, 2005, who have attained age 21, and who have completed one year of eligible service. The Company's funding policy is based principally, among other considerations, on contributing an amount necessary to satisfy the Internal Revenue Service's funding standards.

        The following sets forth the pension plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the Company's accompanying consolidated financial statements at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009  

Change in benefit obligation:

             
 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 18,342   $ 19,610  
 

Service cost

        758  
 

Interest cost

    1,080     1,095  
 

Actuarial loss

    1,842     154  
 

Benefits paid

    (556 )   (519 )
 

Curtailment

        (2,756 )
           
 

Benefit obligation at end of year

    20,708     18,342  
           

Change in plan assets:

             
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

    16,496     12,386  
 

Actual return on plan assets

    2,215     3,277  
 

Employer contribution

    928     1,352  
 

Benefits paid

    (556 )   (519 )
           
 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

    19,083     16,496  
           

Funded status

  $ (1,625 ) $ (1,846 )
           

        Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income excluding related income tax effects as of December 31 consist of:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009  

Net loss

  $ 7,190   $ 6,315  

Prior service credit

         
           

Total amounts recognized

  $ 7,190   $ 6,315  
           

F-50


Table of Contents

Note 18—Retirement Plans (Continued)

        The components of net periodic pension cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income are as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Service cost

  $   $ 758   $ 662  

Interest cost

    1,080     1,095     1,031  

Expected return on plan assets

    (1,508 )   (1,406 )   (1,342 )

Amortization of prior service cost

        (86 )   (173 )

Recognized net actuarial loss

    260     393     315  
               
     

Net periodic benefit cost (income)

    (168 )   754     493  
               

Net loss (gain)

    1,135     (1,717 )   7,222  

Credit to accumulated other comprehensive income for measurement date change

            (24 )

Amortization of prior service cost

            173  

Amortization of net loss

    (260 )   (307 )   (315 )

Effect of curtailment

        (1,974 )    
               
 

Total amount recognized in other comprehensive income

    875     (3,998 )   7,056  
               
   

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

  $ 707   $ (3,244 ) $ 7,549  
               

        The amount of estimated net loss for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $654,000.

        The following is information as of the measurement date:

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009  

Projected benefit obligation

  $ 20,708   $ 18,342  

Accumulated benefit obligation

    20,708     18,342  

Fair value of plan assets

    19,083     16,496  

        The Company used a 5.40% and 6.00% discount rate in its weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation at December 31, 2010, 2009, respectively. The rate of compensation increase was not applicable in the Company's weighted-average assumptions because of the plan curtailment at June 30, 2009. The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 are as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Discount rate

    6.00%     6.00%     6.00%  

Expected long-term return on plan assets

    8.00%     8.00%     8.00%  

Rate of compensation increase

    N/A     5.00%     5.00%  

F-51


Table of Contents

Note 18—Retirement Plans (Continued)

        For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the discount rate of 6.00% was determined by matching the projected benefit obligation cash flows of the plan to an independently derived yield curve, to arrive at the single equivalent rate.

        The expected rate of return for the pension plan's assets represents the average rate of return to be earned on plan assets over the period the benefits included in the benefit obligation are to be paid. In developing the expected rate of return, the Company considered long-term compound annualized returns of historical market data as well as historical actual returns on the Company's plan assets. Using this reference information, the Company developed forward-looking return expectations for each asset category and a weighted average expected long-term rate of return for a targeted portfolio allocated across these investment categories. The asset allocation of the Company's pension plan is targeted at 55% in U.S. equities, 10% in international equities, 30% in fixed income, and 5% in cash equivalents.

        In developing the 8% long-term rate of return assumption for the pension plan, the Company utilized the following long-term rate of return and standard deviation assumptions:

Asset Class
  Rate of
Return
Assumption
  Standard
Deviation
Assumption
 

High Grade Fixed Income

    7.06 %   3.81 %

High Yield Fixed Income

    8.83 %   10.12 %

International Fixed Income

    8.26 %   9.00 %

Large Cap Equity

    9.54 %   6.38 %

Small Cap Equity

    8.69 %   21.14 %

Foreign Equity

    8.04 %   18.63 %

Inflation

    4.00 %   n/a  

        The portfolio's equity weighting is consistent with the long-term nature of the Plan's benefit obligation, and the expected annual return on the portfolio of 8%.

        The policy, as established by the Investment Committee of the Defined Benefit Pension Plan, seeks to maximize return within reasonable and prudent levels of risk. The overall long-term objective of the Plan is to achieve a rate of return that exceeds the actuarially assumed rate of return of 8%. The investment policy is reviewed on a regular basis and revised when appropriate based on the legal or regulatory environment, market trends, or other fundamental factors. In determining the long-term rate of return for the pension plan, the Company considers historical rates of return and the nature of the plan's investments. Plan assets are divided among various investment classes with allowable allocation percentages as follows: Equities 55-65%, Fixed Income 20-40%, Cash Equivalents 0-35%. As of December 31, 2010, approximately 63% of pension plan assets were invested with equity managers, approximately 34% of pension plan assets were invested with fixed income managers, and approximately 3% of pension plan assets were held in cash equivalents. The difference between actual and expected returns on plan assets is accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, affects the recognized expenses in such future periods.

        Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at fair value.

Money Market Funds

        Money Market Funds are public investment vehicles valued using $1 for the Net Asset Value (the "NAV"). The money market funds are classified within level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

F-52


Table of Contents

Note 18—Retirement Plans (Continued)

Broad Market Fixed Income, Domestic Equity and Foreign Equity Mutual Funds

        Broad Market Fixed Income, Domestic Equity and Foreign Equity mutual funds are public investment vehicles valued using the NAV provided by the administrator of the fund. The NAV is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus its liabilities, and then divided by the number of shares outstanding. The NAV is a quoted price in an active market and classified within level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

        The fair values of the Company's pension plan assets at December 31, 2010 by asset category are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair Value
December 31,
2010
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets (Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Money market funds

  $ 604   $   $ 604   $  

Broad market fixed income

    6,561     6,561          

Domestic equity

    8,495     8,495          

Foreign equity

    3,423     3,423          
                   
 

Total assets

  $ 19,083   $ 18,479   $ 604   $  
                   

        As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Plan's domestic equity securities did not include any of the Company's common stock. The plan made no purchases of the Company's stock during 2010, 2009 and 2008.

        Estimated future benefit payments for the next ten years (including expected future service as appropriate):

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

2011

  $ 711  

2012

    778  

2013

    829  

2014

    904  

2015

    1,025  

2016-2020

    6,590  
       

  $ 10,837  
       

        Expenses incurred and charged against operations with regard to all of the Company's retirement plans were as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Pension:

                   
 

Pension

  $ (168 ) $ 754   $ 493  
 

Effect of curtailment

        (782 )    
               

Total pension

    (168 )   (28 )   493  

Employee savings plan/ 401(k)

    771     349     1,537  
               

  $ 603   $ 321   $ 2,030  
               

F-53


Table of Contents

Note 18—Retirement Plans (Continued)

        The Company expects to contribute approximately $450,000 to the pension plan in 2011, but reserves the right to contribute between the minimum required and maximum deductible amounts as determined under applicable federal laws.

        Effective July 1, 2009, the Company suspended the accrual of benefits for plan participants under the non-contributory defined benefit plan and recorded a curtailment gain of $782,000, before tax, as a reduction in compensation expense and a change in pension liability for plan curtailment of $1.3 million, net of tax, in other comprehensive income.

        The Company and its subsidiary have an employee savings plan, including Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) provisions. Electing employees are eligible to participate after attaining age 21 and completing one year of eligible service. Plan participants elect to contribute portions of their annual base compensation as a before tax contribution. Employer contributions may be made from current or accumulated net profits. Participants may elect to contribute an additional 1% to 6% (or higher, in certain cases) of annual base compensation as a before tax contribution with no employer matching contribution. The Company has changed some of the provisions in its defined benefit plan and as a result of reduced benefits for certain employees, will match 100% of contributions up to 6% of salary of current employees under age 45 or with less than five years of service. Additionally, any employee hired in 2006 or thereafter will not participate in the defined benefit pension plan, but will receive the Company's 100% matching of their 401(k) plan contribution, up to 6% of salary. Effective April 1, 2009, the Company temporarily suspended the employer match contribution to all participants in the plan. Effective January 1, 2010, the Company reinstated the employer match so that participating employees would receive a 50% matching of their 401(k) plan contribution, up to 4% of salary.

        Employees hired on January 1, 2006 or thereafter will not participate in the defined benefit pension plan, but are eligible to participate in the employees' savings plan.

        Employees can enter the savings plan on or after the first day of each month. The employee may enter into a salary deferral agreement at any time to select an alternative deferral amount or to elect not to defer in the Plan. If the employee does not elect an investment allocation, the plan administrator will select a retirement-based portfolio according to the employee's number of years until normal retirement age. The plan's investment valuations are generally provided on a daily basis.

Note 19—Post-Retirement Benefits

        Post-retirement health and life insurance benefits are provided to eligible employees, such benefits being limited to those employees of the Company eligible for early retirement under the pension plan on or before December 31, 1993, and former employees who are currently receiving benefits. The plan was unfunded at December 31, 2010, and the liability for future benefits has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements.

F-54


Table of Contents

Note 19—Post-Retirement Benefits (Continued)

        The following sets forth the plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the Company's accompanying consolidated financial statements at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009  

Change in benefit obligation:

             
 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 560   $ 585  
 

Interest cost

    32     34  
 

Actuarial (gain)/loss

    (26 )    
 

Benefits paid

    (54 )   (59 )
           
 

Benefit obligation at end of year

    512     560  
           

Change in plan assets:

             
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

         
 

Employer contribution

    54     59  
 

Benefits paid

    (54 )   (59 )
           
 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

         
           

Funded status

  $ (512 ) $ (560 )
           

        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost at December 31 are as follows:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at December 31: Discount rate

    5.40 %   6.00 %   6.00 %

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31: Discount rate

    6.00 %   6.00 %   6.00 %

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31: Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

    5.00 %   5.00 %   5.00 %

        Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income are as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Interest cost

  $ 32   $ 33   $ 32  

Amortization of transition obligation

    31     32     32  

Recognized net actuarial loss

    6     6     2  
               

Net periodic benefit cost

    69     71     66  
               

Net (gain) loss

    (26 )       56  

Credit to accumulated other comprehensive income for measurement date change

            (6 )

Amortization of transition obligation

    (31 )   (31 )   (31 )

Amortization of loss

    (6 )   (6 )   (2 )
               

Total amount recognized in other comprehensive income

    (63 )   (37 )   17  
               
 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

  $ 6   $ 34   $ 83  
               

F-55


Table of Contents

Note 19—Post-Retirement Benefits (Continued)

        The estimated net loss and transition amount for the retiree medical plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $4,000 and $32,000, respectively.

        Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the post-retirement benefit plan. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects at the end of 2010:

 
  One-Percentage Point  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Increase   Decrease  

Effect on total of service and interest cost

  $ 2   $ (2 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

    39     (35 )

        Estimated future benefit payments (including expected future service as appropriate):

(Dollars in thousands)

       

2011

  $ 53  

2012

    52  

2013

    52  

2014

    51  

2015

    50  

2016-2020

    224  
       

  $ 482  
       

        The Company expects to contribute approximately $53,000 to the post-retirement medical plan in 2011.

Note 20—Share-Based Compensation

        Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees. Compensation cost is measured as the fair value of these awards on their date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant is used as the fair value of restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period for stock option awards and as the restriction period for restricted stock awards. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

        The Company's 1999 and 2004 stock incentive programs are long-term retention programs intended to attract, retain, and provide incentives for key employees and non-employee directors in the form of incentive and non-qualified stock options and restricted stock.

Stock Options

        With the exception of non-qualified options granted to directors under the 1999 and 2004 plans, which in some cases may be exercised at any time prior to expiration and in some other cases may be exercised at intervals less than one year following the grant date, incentive stock options granted under the plans may not be exercised in whole or in part within one year following the date of the grant, as these incentive stock options become exercisable in 25% increments ratably over the four year period following the grant date. The options are granted at an exercise price at least equal to the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant and have terms ranging from five to ten years. No options were granted under the 1999 plan after January 2, 2004, and the plan is closed other than for any options

F-56


Table of Contents

Note 20—Share-Based Compensation (Continued)


still unexercised and outstanding. The 2004 plan is the only plan from which new share-based compensation grants may be issued.

        Activity in the Company's stock option plans is summarized in the following table. All information has been retroactively adjusted for stock dividends and stock splits.

 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  Shares   Weighted Average Exercise Price   Shares   Weighted Average Exercise Price   Shares   Weighted Average Exercise Price  

Outstanding at January 1

    348,575   $ 27.84     351,553   $ 26.94     336,384   $ 26.33  

Granted

    55,857     33.47     33,288     27.48     29,483     31.50  

Exercised

    (16,220 )   18.88     (30,831 )   17.24     (14,087 )   21.18  

Forfeited

    (2,005 )   28.79     (4,099 )   30.80     (227 )   27.01  

Expired

            (1,336 )   18.45          
                                 

Outstanding at December 31

    386,207     29.02     348,575     27.84     351,553     26.94  
                                 

Exercisable at December 31

    289,469     27.93     274,829     26.82     277,492     25.00  
                                 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year

        $ 13.90         $ 9.75         $ 10.77  
                                 

        The aggregate intrinsic value of 386,207 and 348,575 stock options outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $1.8 million and $884,000, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of 289,469 and 274,829 stock options exercisable at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $1.6 million and $877,000, respectively.

        Information pertaining to options outstanding at December 31, 2010, is as follows:

 
  Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable
 
  Number Outstanding   Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life   Weighted Average Exercise Price   Number Outstanding   Weighted Average Exercise Price   Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life

$11.39–$16.00

    34,426   1.0 years   $ 15.77     34,405   $ 15.77    

$16.01–$21.00

    10,750   1.6 years     19.08     10,748     19.08    

$21.01–$26.00

    39,468   2.1 years     22.59     39,452     22.59    

$26.01–$31.00

    102,468   4.8 years     27.46     79,399     27.45    

$31.01–$36.00

    145,887   6.5 years     32.08     90,514     32.00    

$36.01–$40.99

    53,208   6.7 years     39.01     34,951     39.21    
                             

    386,207   5.0 years     29.02     289,469     27.93   3.9 years
                             

F-57


Table of Contents

Note 20—Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The fair value of options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and expensed over the options' vesting periods. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in valuing options issued:

 
  2010   2009   2008

Dividend yield

  2.05%   2.47%   1.86%

Expected life

  6 years   6 years   6 years

Expected volatility

  49.0%–50.1%   44.9%–49.2%   36%

Risk-free interest rate

  2.73%   1.87%   3.44%

        As of December 31, 2010, there was $774,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock option grants under the plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.18 years as of December 31, 2010. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was approximately $332,000, $313,000 and $403,000, respectively. Compensation expense of $442,000, $310,000, and $347,000 was recorded in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

Restricted Stock

        The Company from time-to-time also grants shares of restricted stock to key employees and non-employee directors. These awards help align the interests of these employees and directors with the interests of the shareholders of the Company by providing economic value directly related to increases in the value of the Company's stock. The value of the stock awarded is established as the fair market value of the stock at the time of the grant. The Company recognizes expense, equal to the total value of such awards, ratably over the vesting period of the stock grants. Grants to employees have typically vested over a 48-month period, and beginning in 2007, most new grants cliff vest after four years. Grants to employees for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 cliff vest after four years. Grants to non-employee directors typically vest within a 12-month period.

        All restricted stock agreements are conditioned upon continued employment. Termination of employment prior to a vesting date, as described below, would terminate any interest in non-vested shares. Prior to vesting of the shares, as long as employed by the Company, the key employees and non-employee directors will have the right to vote such shares and to receive dividends paid with respect to such shares. All restricted shares will fully vest in the event of change in control of the Company or upon the death of the recipient.

        Nonvested restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2010 is summarized in the following table. All information has been retroactively adjusted for stock dividends and stock splits.

Restricted Stock
  Shares   Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value  

Nonvested at January 1

    151,883   $ 29.66  

Granted

    23,562     38.13  

Vested

    (24,225 )   31.16  

Forfeited

    (591 )   32.33  
             

Nonvested at December 31

    150,629     30.74  
             

        The Company granted 23,562, 96,257, and 48,089 shares for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The weighted-average-grant-date fair value of restricted shares granted in

F-58


Table of Contents

Note 20—Share-Based Compensation (Continued)


2010, 2009, and 2008 was $38.13, $26.76, and $32.37, respectively. Compensation expense of $1.2 million, $1.1 million, and $1.1 million was recorded in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

        The vesting schedule of these shares as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 
  Shares  

2011

    30,180  

2012

    29,054  

2013

    11,978  

2014

    17,166  

2015

    4,395  

Thereafter

    57,856  
       

    150,629  
       

        As of December 31, 2010, there was $3.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock granted under the plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.46 years as of December 31, 2010. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was approximately $755,000, $983,000 and $604,000, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        The Company has registered 363,825 shares of common stock in connection with the establishment of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The plan, which expires June 30, 2012, is available to all employees who have attained age 21 and completed six months of service. The price at which common stock may be purchased for each quarterly option period is the lesser of 95% of the common stock's fair value on either the first or last day of the quarter.

        The 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase Company stock at a discounted price. Beginning July 1, 2009, the 15% discount was reduced to 5%. The Company recognized $35,000, $69,000 and $116,000 in share-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Note 21—Stock Repurchase Program

        In February 2004, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a repurchase program to acquire up to 250,000 shares of its outstanding common stock. This program superseded any previously announced programs that may have had remaining available shares for repurchase. Under the announced stock repurchase program, the Company did not repurchase any shares during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Under other arrangements where directors or officers surrendered currently owned shares to the Company to acquire proceeds for exercising stock options or paying taxes on currently vesting restricted stock, the Company repurchased 7,272, 15,823, and 6,074 shares at a cost of $255,000, $446,000, and $201,000 in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

Note 22—Lease Commitments

        The Company's subsidiary was obligated at December 31, 2010, under certain noncancelable operating leases extending to the year 2043 pertaining to banking premises and equipment. Some of the leases provide for the payment of property taxes and insurance and contain various renewal options.

F-59


Table of Contents

Note 22—Lease Commitments (Continued)


The exercise of renewal options is, of course, dependent upon future events. Accordingly, the following summary does not reflect possible additional payments due if renewal options are exercised.

        Future minimum lease payments, by year and in the aggregate, under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

       

Years Ending December 31,

       

2011

  $ 3,305  

2012

    3,065  

2013

    2,985  

2014

    2,831  

2015

    2,773  

Thereafter

    27,781  
       

  $ 42,740  
       

        Total lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $3.3 million, $2.4 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

Note 23—Contingent Liabilities

        The Company and its subsidiary are involved at times in certain litigation arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, there is no pending or threatened litigation that will have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Note 24—Related Party Transactions

        During 2010 and 2009, the Company's banking subsidiary had loan and deposit relationships with certain related parties, principally directors and executive officers, their immediate families and their business interests. All of these relationships were in the ordinary course of business. Loans outstanding to this group (including immediate families and business interests) totaled $19.6 million and $27.8 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009 respectively. During 2010, $8.0 million of new loans were made to this group while repayments of $20.6 million were received during the year. Other changes resulted in an increase of $4.4 million. Related party deposits totaled approximately $11.4 million and $20.9 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Note 25—Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

        The Company's subsidiary is a party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of their customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, or liquidity risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of these instruments express the extent of involvement the subsidiary has in particular classes of financial instruments.

        The subsidiary's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The subsidiary uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet

F-60


Table of Contents

Note 25—Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk (Continued)


instruments. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the following financial instruments, whose contract amounts represent credit risk, were outstanding:

 
  2010   2009  

Commitments to extend credit

  $ 586,606   $ 469,841  

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

    11,043     9,725  
           

  $ 597,649   $ 479,566  
           

Commitments to Extend Credit

        Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements. The bank evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and personal guarantees. Unfunded commitments under commercial lines-of-credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines-of-credit are uncollateralized and usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may not be drawn to the extent to which the banking subsidiary is committed.

Standby Letters of Credit and Financial Guarantees

        Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees are conditional commitments issued by the banking subsidiary to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit and guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Essentially, all standby letters of credit have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer.

Note 26—Fair Value

        FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. FASB ASC 820 clarifies that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions.

        The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Available for sale securities and derivative contracts are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

F-61


Table of Contents

Note 26—Fair Value (Continued)

        FASB ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

        Level 1    Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

        Level 2    Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

        Level 3    Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

        Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at fair value.

Investment Securities

        Securities available for sale are valued on a recurring basis at quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange or U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities and debentures issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed securities in less liquid markets. Securities held to maturity are valued at quoted market prices or dealer quotes similar to securities available for sale. The carrying value of Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock approximates fair value based on their redemption provisions.

        Pooled trust preferred securities are Level 3 securities under the three-tier fair value hierarchy because of an absence of observable inputs for these and similar securities in the debt markets. The Company has determined that (1) there are few observable transactions and market quotations available and they are not reliable for purposes of determining fair value at December 31, 2010, and (2) an income valuation approach technique (present value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs will be equally or more representative of fair value than the market approach valuation technique used at prior measurement dates. This income valuation approach requires numerous steps in determining fair value. These steps include estimating credit quality of the collateral, generating asset defaults, forecasting cash flows for underlying collateral, and determining losses given default assumptions.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market value. The fair values of mortgage loans held for sale are based on commitments on hand from investors within the secondary market for loans with similar characteristics. As such, the fair value adjustments for mortgage loans held for sale is nonrecurring Level 2.

Loans

        The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan may be considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses may be established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment using estimated fair value methodologies. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value,

F-62


Table of Contents

Note 26—Fair Value (Continued)


market value of similar debt, enterprise value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans. At December 31, 2010, substantially all of the impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral because such loans were considered collateral dependent. Impaired loans, where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral require classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company considers the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 2. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company considers the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 3.

Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO")

        Typically non-covered OREO, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or in satisfaction of loans, is reported at fair value, determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for estimated selling costs (Level 2). However, both non-covered and covered OREO would be considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy because management has qualitatively applied a discount due to the size and over supply of inventory in north Georgia and the incremental discounts applied to the appraisals in other markets. At the time of foreclosure, any excess of the loan balance over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is treated as a charge against the allowance for loan losses. Gains or losses on sale and generally any subsequent adjustments to the value are recorded as a component of OREO expense, net of any FDIC indemnification proceeds in the case of a covered OREO.

Derivative Financial Instruments

        Fair value is estimated using pricing models of derivatives with similar characteristics, at which point the derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the hierarchy. See Note 31—Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information.

F-63


Table of Contents

Note 26—Fair Value (Continued)

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        The table below presents the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair Value
December 31,
2010
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                         

Securities available for sale:

                         
 

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

  $ 70,534   $   $ 70,534   $  
 

State and municipal obligations

    40,004         40,004      
 

Mortgage-backed securities

    84,440         84,440      
 

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

    2,034             2,034  
 

Corporate stocks

    362     337     25      
                   
   

Total securities available for sale

  $ 197,374   $ 337   $ 195,003   $ 2,034  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Derivative financial instruments- interest rate swap

  $ 635   $   $ 635   $  
                   

 

(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair Value
December 31,
2009
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                         

Securities available for sale:

                         
 

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

  $ 36,615   $   $ 36,615   $  
 

State and municipal obligations

    26,805         26,805      
 

Mortgage-backed securities

    103,268         103,268      
 

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

    6,250             6,250  
 

Corporate stocks

    365     330     35      
                   
   

Total securities available for sale

  $ 173,303   $ 330   $ 166,723   $ 6,250  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Derivative financial instruments- interest rate swap

  $ 21   $   $ 21   $  
                   

Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

        When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement. However, since Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 components, observable components (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources), the gains and losses below include changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the valuation methodology.

F-64


Table of Contents

Note 26—Fair Value (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of Level 3 assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Assets   Liabilities  

Fair value, January 1, 2009

  $ 10,083   $  
 

Change in unrealized loss recognized in other comprehensive income

    1,135      
 

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income

    (4,922 )    
 

Purchases, issuances and settlements, net

    (46 )    
 

Transfers in and/or out of level 3

         
           

Fair value, December 31, 2009

    6,250      
 

Change in unrealized loss recognized in other comprehensive income

    5,503      
 

Total realized losses included in income

    (1,267 )    
 

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income

    (6,640 )    
 

Purchases, issuances and settlements, net

    (1,812 )    
 

Transfers in and/or out of level 3

         
           

Fair value, December 31, 2010

  $ 2,034   $  
           

Total unrealized losses, net of tax, included in accumulated other comprehensive income related to level 3 financial assets and liabilities still on the consolidated balance sheet at

             
 

December 31, 2009

  $ (3,736 ) $  
           
 

December 31, 2010

  $ (187 ) $  
           

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

        The tables below present the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair Value
December 30,
2010
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Covered under FDIC loss share agreements:

                         
 

OREO

    69,317             69,317  

Non-acquired:

                         
 

Impaired loans

    33,740         18,525     15,215  
 

OREO

    17,264             17,264  

 

(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair Value
December 31,
2009
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Impaired loans

  $ 23,276   $   $ 14,809   $ 8,467  

OREO

    3,102         3,102      

        The amount above includes impaired loans that have been partially charged off and are carried at fair value.

F-65


Table of Contents

Note 26—Fair Value (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those models are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rates and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. The use of different methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. Such amounts have not been revalued for purposes of these consolidated financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

        The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

        Cash and Cash Equivalents—The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

        Investment Securities—Securities held to maturity are valued at quoted market prices or dealer quotes. The carrying value of Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock approximates fair value based on their redemption provisions. The carrying value of the Company's investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries approximates fair value.

        Loans—For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for certain mortgage loans (e.g., one-to-four family residential) and other consumer loans are based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold in conjunction with securitization transactions, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. Fair values for other loans (e.g., commercial real estate and investment property mortgage loans, commercial and industrial loans) are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for non-performing loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

        FDIC Receivable for Loss Share Agreements—The fair value is estimated based on discounted future cash flows using current discount rates.

        Deposit Liabilities—The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and non-interest bearing checking, passbook savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts, and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

        Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase—The carrying amount of federal funds purchased, borrowings under repurchase agreements, and other short-term borrowings maturing within ninety days approximate their fair values.

        Other Borrowings—The fair value of other borrowings is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis on the Company's current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of instruments.

F-66


Table of Contents

Note 26—Fair Value (Continued)

        Accrued Interest—The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

        Commitments to Extend Credit, Standby Letters of Credit and Financial Guarantees—The fair values of commitments to extend credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair values of guarantees and letters of credit are based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated costs to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.

        The estimated fair value, and related carrying amount, of the Company's financial instruments are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2010   2009  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
 

Financial assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 237,099   $ 237,099   $ 104,908   $ 104,908  

Investment securities

    237,912     238,121     211,112     211,475  

Loans, net and loans held for sale

    2,612,430     2,551,032     2,183,313     2,142,404  

Accrued interest receivable

    11,711     11,711     9,880     9,880  

FDIC receivable for loss share agreements

    212,103     212,103          

Financial liabilities:

                         

Deposits

    3,004,148     3,014,795     2,104,639     2,109,983  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    191,017     191,017     162,515     162,515  

Other borrowings

    46,978     46,978     143,624     132,049  

Accrued interest payable

    4,858     4,858     3,059     3,059  

Unrecognized financial instruments:

                         

Commitments to extend credit

        (13,787 )       (8,803 )

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

                 

Note 27—Regulatory Matters

        The Company and its banking subsidiary are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and its subsidiary must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet-items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

        Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and its subsidiary to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total

F-67


Table of Contents

Note 27—Regulatory Matters (Continued)


and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, that the Company and its subsidiary met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

        As of their most recent regulatory examinations, the Company and its subsidiary were considered well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events subsequent to the most recent examinations that management believes have changed the institutions' category.

        Actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table below:

 
  Actual   Minimum Capital Requirement   Minimum To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio  

December 31, 2010:

                                     
 

Total risk-based capital

                                     
   

(to risk-weighted assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

  $ 332,855     14.60 % $ 182,434     8.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    328,971     14.43 %   182,418     8.00 %   228,023     10.00 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

    304,116     13.34 %   91,217     4.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    300,233     13.17 %   91,209     4.00 %   136,814     6.00 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

    304,116     8.48 %   143,379     4.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    300,233     8.38 %   143,285     4.00 %   179,107     5.00 %

December 31, 2009:

                                     
 

Total risk-based capital

                                     
   

(to risk-weighted assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

  $ 307,039     14.42 % $ 170,298     8.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    303,853     14.28 %   170,276     8.00 %   212,845     10.00 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

    265,506     12.47 %   85,149     4.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    262,323     12.32 %   85,138     4.00 %   127,707     6.00 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

    265,506     9.89 %   107,338     4.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    262,323     9.79 %   107,202     4.00 %   134,003     5.00 %

F-68


Table of Contents

Note 28—Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company

        Financial information pertaining only to SCBT Financial Corporation is as follows:

Condensed Balance Sheets

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009  

ASSETS

             

Cash

  $ 2,621   $ 2,002  

Investment securities available for sale

    337     330  

Investment in subsidiaries

    370,670     323,881  

Other assets

    1,142     988  
           
 

Total assets

  $ 374,770   $ 327,201  
           

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Liabilities

  $ 44,813   $ 44,382  

Shareholders' equity

    329,957     282,819  
           
 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 374,770   $ 327,201  
           

Condensed Statements of Income

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Income:

                   
 

Dividends from subsidiaries

  $ 8,683   $ 8,242   $ 9,689  
 

Operating income

    (52 )   138     (125 )
               

Total income

    8,631     8,380     9,564  

Operating expenses

    2,470     2,699     2,990  
               

Income before income tax benefit and equity in

                   
 

undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

    6,161     5,681     6,574  

Applicable income tax benefit

    903     875     1,068  

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

    44,818     7,039     8,143  
               

Net income

    51,882     13,595     15,785  

Preferred stock dividends

        1,115      

Accretion on preferred stock discount

        3,559      
               

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 51,882   $ 8,921   $ 15,785  
               

F-69


Table of Contents

Note 28—Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   
 

Net income

  $ 51,882   $ 13,595   $ 15,785  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
   

Depreciation and amortization

    31     31     31  
   

Provision for loan losses

        (34 )   (38 )
   

Share-based compensation

    1,625     1,431     1,379  
   

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

    120     84     124  
   

Decrease (increase) in other assets

    78     (111 )   11  
   

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

    (340 )   996     (602 )
   

Undistributed earnings of subsidiary

    (44,818 )   (7,039 )   (8,143 )
               
     

Net cash provided by operating activities

    8,578     8,953     8,547  
               

Cash flows from investing activities:

                   
 

Payments for investments in subsidiary

        (28,500 )   (27,502 )
               
     

Net cash used in investing activities

        (28,500 )   (27,502 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities:

                   
 

Preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs

        64,632      
 

Preferred stock repurchase

        (64,779 )    
 

Common stock warrant repurchase

        (1,400 )    
 

Common stock issuance

    669     29,815     27,414  
 

Common stock repurchased

    (255 )   (446 )   (201 )
 

Dividends paid on preferred stock

        (1,115 )    
 

Dividends paid on common stock

    (8,680 )   (8,177 )   (7,113 )
 

Stock options exercised

    307     532     297  
               
     

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (7,959 )   19,062     20,397  
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    619     (485 )   1,442  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    2,002     2,487     1,045  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 2,621   $ 2,002   $ 2,487  
               

Note 29—Common Stock Issuance

        In May of 2009, the Company completed a public offering by selling 1,356,500 shares of common stock, including an over-allotment option with the underwriters, at an offering price of $23.00 per share resulting in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $29.2 million (see Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity).

Note 30—Participation in U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program

        On January 16, 2009, the Company issued and sold Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share to the U.S. Treasury, along with a warrant to purchase 303,083 shares of the Company's common stock, for an aggregate purchase price of $64.8 million as part of the U.S. Treasury's Capital Purchase Program.

F-70


Table of Contents

Note 30—Participation in U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program (Continued)

        On May 20, 2009, the Company entered into a repurchase letter agreement with the U.S. Treasury, pursuant to which the Company repurchased all 64,779 shares of its preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $64.8 million, which included accrued and unpaid dividends of approximately $45,000.

        On June 24, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with the Treasury to repurchase the warrant that was issued to the Treasury in connection with the preferred stock. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Company repurchased the warrant for a purchase price of $1.4 million. As a result of the warrant repurchase, the Company has repurchased all securities issued to the Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program.

        The Company recognized a charge of approximately $3.3 million during 2009 in the form of an accelerated dividend to account for the difference between the original purchase price for the preferred stock and its redemption price. In addition to this charge, the Company recognized a dividend on the preferred stock including the accretion on the preferred stock discount of approximately $1.4 million, for a total effective dividend of approximately $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, charged to net income available to common shareholders.

Note 31—Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company is exposed to interest rate risk in the course of its business operations and manages a portion of this risk through the use of a derivative financial instrument, in the form of an interest rate swap (cash flow hedge). The Company accounts for its interest rate swap in accordance with FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which requires that all derivatives be recognized as assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at fair value. For more information regarding the fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments, see Note 26 to these financial statements. The only type of derivative currently used by the Company is an interest rate swap agreement.

        The Company utilizes the interest rate swap agreement to essentially convert a portion of its variable-rate debt to a fixed rate (cash flow hedge). For derivatives designated as hedging exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge), the effective portion of the derivative's gain or loss is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings or when the hedge is terminated. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately. For derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments, changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognized in earnings immediately.

        In applying hedge accounting for derivatives, the Company establishes a method for assessing the effectiveness of the hedging derivative and a measurement approach for determining the ineffective aspect of the hedge upon the inception of the hedge.

        During 2009, the Company entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $8.0 million to manage interest rate risk due to periodic rate resets on its junior subordinated debt issued by SCBT Capital Trust II, an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Company established for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The Company hedges the variable rate cash flows of subordinated debt against future interest rate increases by using an interest rate swap to effectively fix the rate on the debt beginning on June 15, 2010, at which time the debt contractually converted from a fixed interest rate to a variable interest rate. This hedge expires on June 15, 2019. The notional amount on which the interest payments are based will not be exchanged. This derivative contract calls for the Company to pay a fixed rate of 4.06% on $8.0 million notional amount and receive a variable rate of three-month LIBOR on the $8.0 million notional amount.

F-71


Table of Contents

Note 31—Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The Company recognized an after-tax unrealized loss on its cash flow hedge in other comprehensive income of $409,000 and $14,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company recognized a $635,000 and a $21,000 cash flow hedge liability in other liabilities on the balance sheet at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There was no ineffectiveness in the cash flow hedge during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

        Credit risk related to the derivative arises when amounts receivable from the counterparty (derivative dealer) exceed those payable. The Company controls the risk of loss by only transacting with derivative dealers that are national market makers whose credit ratings are strong. Each party to the interest rate swap is required to provide collateral in the form of cash or securities to the counterparty when the counterparty's exposure to a mark-to-market replacement value exceeds certain negotiated limits. These limits are typically based on current credit ratings and vary with ratings changes. As of December 31, 2010, neither party was required to post any cash collateral. Also, the Company has a netting agreement with the counterparty.

Note 32—Subsequent Events

        The Company has evaluated subsequent events for accounting and disclosure purposes through the date the financial statements are issued.

Purchase and Assumption Agreement

        On February 18, 2011, the Company entered into a purchase and assumption ("P&A") agreement with loss share arrangements with the FDIC to purchase certain assets and assume substantially all of the deposits and certain liabilities of Habersham Bank, a full service Georgia state-chartered community bank headquartered in Clarkesville, Georgia.

        Habersham Bank operates 8 branches in the northeast region of Georgia. Excluding the effects of purchase accounting, the Company acquired $387.7 million in total assets, including loans of $223.7 million, and $384.8 million in total liabilities, including $339.9 million in deposits, based on December 31, 2010 unaudited balances.

        Pursuant to the P&A agreement, SCBT, N.A. received a discount of $38.3 million on the assets acquired and did not pay the FDIC a premium to assume all customer deposits. Most of the loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by a loss share agreement between the FDIC and SCBT, N.A. Under this loss share agreement, the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses.

        The loss sharing agreement applicable to single family residential mortgage loans provides for loss sharing with the FDIC for up to ten years, and for commercial loans and other covered assets provides for loss sharing for up to five years with the FDIC.

        The Company did not immediately acquire the real estate, banking facilities, furniture or equipment of Habersham Bank as a part of the P&A agreement. However, the Company has the option to purchase the real estate and furniture and equipment from the FDIC. The term of this option expires approximately 90 days from the date of the acquisition.

        The acquisition will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Both the purchased assets and liabilities assumed will be recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, especially the loan portfolio and foreclosed real estate, is a complicated process involving significant judgment regarding estimates and assumptions used to calculate estimated fair values. Accordingly, the

F-72


Table of Contents

Note 32—Subsequent Events (Continued)


initial accounting for the acquisition of Habersham is currently incomplete. The Company expects to record an acquisition gain in connection with the transaction during the three months ended March 31, 2011; however, since the initial purchase accounting adjustments have not been finalized, the Company is unable to provide the amount or a range of the ultimate acquisition gain, or the estimated fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of Habersham Bank, at the present time. The impact of the purchase accounting adjustments in an FDIC-assisted deal are also integral to accurately assessing the impact of the acquired entity on the operations of the Company. Disclosure of pro forma financial information is also made more difficult by the troubled nature of Habersham Bank prior to the date of the combination. Therefore, pro forma financial information is not considered meaningful or currently possible for purposes of these consolidated financial statements.

Private Placement

        The Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, effective as of February 18, 2011 (the "Purchase Agreement"), with accredited institutional investors (collectively, the "Purchasers"), pursuant to which the Company sold a total of 1,129,032 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $31.00 per share (the "Private Placement"). The proceeds to the Company from the Private Placement were $34.7 million, net of approximately $315,000 in issuance costs. The Private Placement was completed on February 18, 2011, and was contingent on a successful bid for Habersham.

        The Private Placement was made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. All purchasers in the Private Placement were accredited investors, as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D.

        The Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, effective on February 18, 2011, with the Purchasers. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") to register for resale the common stock sold in the Private Placement not later than 45 days after the closing of the Private Placement and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective, subject to certain exceptions, within 90 days of closing (or 140 days in the event of an SEC review). Failure to meet these deadlines and certain other events may result in the Company's payment to the Purchasers of liquidated damages in the amount of 0.5% of the purchase price per month. The Company does not expect to incur any liquidated damages.

F-73